Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

he has some Greek and Latin

  • 1 have

    have [hæv]
    verbe auxiliaire1 avoir1, 2A (a)-(c), 2B (b)-(e), 2C (a), 2C (b), 2F (a), 2F (d), 2F (h), 2F (i) être1 posséder2A (a) disposer de2A (b) prendre2B (c) passer2B (d) recevoir2C (a), 2C (b) vouloir2C (c), 2F (f) tenir2D (a) faire faire2E (b), 2E (c) placer2F (b) devoir2G (a), 2G (b) concerner2G (c)
    ⓘ GRAM Les formes négatives, haven't et hasn't, s'écrivent have not and has not dans un style plus soutenu.
    ⓘ GRAM Most French verbs will conjugate with avoir to form the perfect tense. However, all reflexive verbs and many intransitive verbs - mainly of motion - will conjugate with être.
    (3rd pers sing pres has [hæz], pt & pp had [hæd])
    to have finished avoir fini;
    to have left être parti;
    to have sat down s'être assis;
    to have been/had avoir été/eu;
    has she slept? a-t-elle dormi?;
    have they arrived? sont-ils arrivés?;
    he has been ill il a été malade;
    when you've calmed down quand vous vous serez calmé;
    I will have forgotten by next week j'aurai oublié d'ici la semaine prochaine;
    the children will have gone to bed by the time we arrive les enfants seront couchés quand nous arriverons;
    you were silly not to have accepted tu es bête de ne pas avoir accepté;
    after or when you have finished, you may leave quand vous aurez fini, vous pourrez partir;
    she was ashamed of having lied elle avait honte d'avoir menti;
    she felt she couldn't change her mind, having already agreed to go elle sentait qu'elle ne pouvait pas changer d'avis, étant donné qu'elle avait dit être d'accord pour y aller;
    I have been thinking j'ai réfléchi;
    he has been working here for two months il travaille ici depuis deux mois, il y a deux mois qu'il travaille ici;
    I have known her for three years/since childhood je la connais depuis trois ans/depuis mon enfance;
    I had known her for years cela faisait des années que je la connaissais, je la connaissais depuis des années;
    she claimed she hadn't heard the news elle a prétendu ne pas avoir entendu la nouvelle;
    I had already gone to bed when he arrived j'étais déjà couché quand il est arrivé;
    we had gone to bed early nous nous étions couchés de bonne heure;
    when he had given his speech, I left une fois qu'il eut terminé son discours, je partis;
    had I known, I wouldn't have insisted si j'avais su, je n'aurais pas insisté;
    if I had known, I wouldn't have said anything si j'avais su, je n'aurais rien dit;
    they would have been happy if it hadn't been for the war ils auraient vécu heureux si la guerre n'était pas survenue;
    why don't you just leave him and have done with it? pourquoi donc est-ce que vous ne le quittez pas, pour en finir?;
    I'd as soon not j'aimerais mieux pas;
    he'd rather or sooner stay at home than go out dancing il aimerait mieux rester ou il préférerait rester à la maison qu'aller danser;
    familiar he's had it (is in trouble) il est fichu ou foutu; (is worn out) il est à bout;
    familiar I've had it with all your complaining! j'en ai jusque-là de tes jérémiades!;
    familiar I've had it up to here with him j'en ai jusque-là de ce type-là;
    familiar the car has just about had it la voiture va bientôt rendre l'âme;
    familiar this plant has had it cette plante est fichue
    have you ever had the measles? - yes, I have/no, I haven't avez-vous eu la rougeole? - oui/non;
    she hasn't finished - yes, she has! elle n'a pas fini - (mais) si!;
    you've forgotten his birthday - no, I haven't! tu as oublié son anniversaire - mais non!;
    have you ever considered going into politics? if you have.../if you haven't… avez-vous déjà envisagé de rentrer dans la vie politique? si oui…/si non…;
    you've forgotten your gloves - so I have! vous avez oublié vos gants - en effet! ou tiens, c'est vrai!
    you've read 'Hamlet', haven't you? vous avez lu 'Hamlet', n'est-ce pas?;
    he hasn't arrived, has he? il n'est pas arrivé, si?;
    so she's got a new job, has she? elle a changé de travail alors?
    A.
    (a) (be in possession of, own) avoir, posséder;
    do you have or have you got a car? avez-vous une voiture?;
    they have (got) a lot of friends/money ils ont beaucoup d'amis/d'argent;
    they don't have or they haven't got any more ils n'en ont plus;
    she shares everything she has (got) with them elle partage tout ce qu'elle a avec eux;
    he has (got) £10 left il lui reste 10 livres;
    we have (got) six of them left il nous en reste six;
    do you have or have you got any children? if you have... avez-vous des enfants? si vous en avez ou si oui...;
    they have (got) a 50 percent interest in the business ils ont ou détiennent 50 pour cent des intérêts dans l'affaire;
    I have (got) a lot of work to finish j'ai beaucoup de travail à finir;
    do we have or have we got any milk in the house? est-ce qu'on a du lait ou est-ce qu'il y a du lait à la maison?;
    she has (got) a baker's shop/bookshop elle tient une boulangerie/librairie;
    do you have or have you got the time? avez-vous l'heure?;
    he doesn't have or hasn't got a job il n'a pas de travail, il est sans travail;
    we have (got) a deadline to meet nous avons un délai à respecter;
    I've got it! ça y est, j'ai trouvé ou j'y suis!;
    paper, envelopes and what have you du papier, des enveloppes et je ne sais quoi encore;
    proverb you can't have your cake and eat it on ne peut pas avoir le beurre et l'argent du beurre;
    familiar give it all you have or all you've got! mets-y le paquet!
    (b) (enjoy the use of) avoir, disposer de;
    we had a couple of hours to do our errands nous disposions de ou nous avions quelques heures pour faire nos courses;
    I don't have time or I haven't got time to stop for lunch je n'ai pas le temps de m'arrêter pour déjeuner;
    he has (got) a month to finish il a un mois pour finir;
    he hasn't (got) long to live il ne lui reste pas longtemps à vivre;
    do you have or have you (got) a minute (to spare)? tu as une minute?;
    she had the house to herself elle avait la maison pour elle toute seule;
    such questions have an important place in our lives ce genre de questions occupe une place importante dans notre vie;
    he has (got) nothing to do/to read il n'a rien à faire/à lire
    she has (got) red hair elle a les cheveux roux, elle est rousse;
    you have (got) beautiful eyes tu as de beaux yeux;
    the ticket has (got) a name on it il y a un nom sur le billet;
    to have good taste avoir bon goût;
    to have a bad temper avoir mauvais caractère;
    she has (got) a reputation for being difficult elle a la réputation d'être difficile;
    the house has (got) a beautiful view of the mountains de la maison, on a une belle vue sur les montagnes;
    she has (got) what it takes or she has it in her to succeed elle a ce qu'il faut pour réussir;
    you've never had it so good! vous n'avez jamais eu la vie si belle!;
    familiar he really has it bad for Emma il a complètement craqué pour Emma
    do you have or have you got any experience of teaching? avez-vous déjà enseigné?;
    she has (got) a clear sense of what matters elle sait très bien ce qui est important;
    he has some Greek and Latin il connaît un peu le grec et le latin;
    I have a little Spanish je parle un peu espagnol
    B.
    to have a dream/nightmare faire un rêve/cauchemar;
    I have no regrets je n'ai aucun regret ou pas de regrets;
    I didn't have any trouble in finding it je n'ai eu aucune peine à le trouver;
    we have (got) nothing or we don't have anything against dogs on n'a rien contre les chiens;
    I've had my appendix out je me suis fait opérer de l'appendicite;
    he had all his money stolen il s'est fait voler ou on lui a volé tout son argent;
    I love having my back rubbed j'adore qu'on me frotte le dos;
    they had some strange things happen to them il leur est arrivé de drôles de choses
    (b) (be infected with, suffer from) avoir;
    to have a cold avoir un rhume, être enrhumé;
    do you have or have you got a headache? avez-vous mal à la tête?;
    he has (got) problems with his back il a des problèmes de dos
    (c) (perform, take part in → bath, lesson) prendre; (→ meeting) avoir;
    we had our first argument last night nous nous sommes disputés hier soir pour la première fois;
    to have a stroll se promener, faire un tour;
    I want to have a think about it je veux y réfléchir;
    to have a party (organize) organiser une fête; (celebrate) faire la fête;
    I'll have no part in it je refuse de m'en mêler
    (d) (pass, spend) passer, avoir;
    I had a horrible day at work j'ai passé une journée atroce au travail;
    have a nice day! bonne journée!;
    to have a good time s'amuser;
    did you have a good time? c'était bien?, tu t'es bien amusé?;
    a good time was had by all tout le monde s'est bien amusé;
    she's had a hard time of it lately elle vient de traverser une mauvaise passe
    (e) (exhibit, show) avoir, montrer;
    have mercy on us! ayez pitié de nous!;
    he had the nerve to refuse il a eu le culot de refuser;
    he didn't even have the decency to apologize il n'a même pas eu la décence de s'excuser
    C.
    (a) (obtain, receive) avoir, recevoir;
    I'd like him to have this picture j'aimerais lui donner cette photo;
    I'd like to have your advice on something j'aimerais que vous me donniez un conseil à propos de quelque chose;
    we had a phone call from the mayor nous avons reçu ou eu un coup de fil du maire;
    they've still had no news of the lost plane ils n'ont toujours pas de nouvelles de l'avion (qui a) disparu;
    I have it on good authority je le tiens de bonne source;
    I must have your answer by tomorrow il me faut votre réponse pour demain;
    let me have your answer by next week donnez-moi votre réponse avant la semaine prochaine;
    let me have your keys donne-moi tes clefs;
    let me have the book back when you've finished rends-moi le livre quand tu auras fini;
    she let them have the wardrobe for £300 elle leur a laissé ou cédé l'armoire pour 300 livres;
    there are plenty of flats to be had il y a plein d'appartements;
    familiar I let him have it (attacked him) je lui ai réglé son compte; (told him off) je lui ai passé un savon;
    familiar you had it coming! tu ne l'as pas volé!
    (b) (invite) recevoir, avoir;
    she's having some people (over) for or to dinner elle reçoit ou elle a du monde à dîner;
    let's have him round for a drink et si on l'invitait à prendre un pot?;
    did you have any visitors? avez-vous eu de la visite?;
    after the movie we had them back for coffee après le cinéma, nous les avons invités à venir prendre le café chez nous
    (c) (accept, take) vouloir;
    he'd like to marry but nobody will have him! il aimerait se marier mais personne ne veut de lui!;
    do what you want, I'm having nothing more to do with your schemes fais ce que tu veux, je ne veux plus être mêlé à tes combines
    D.
    (a) (clutch) tenir;
    to have sb in one's power avoir qn en son pouvoir;
    the teacher had (got) him by the arm/the ear le maître le tenait par le bras/l'oreille;
    he had (got) his assailant by the throat il tenait son agresseur à la gorge
    you have me there! là vous me tenez!;
    I have (got) you right where I want you now! je vous tiens!;
    Sport the Bears have it! les Bears ont gagné!
    (c) (bewilder, perplex)
    who won? - you've got me there qui a gagné? - là, tu me poses une colle
    E.
    the news had me worried la nouvelle m'a inquiété;
    I'll have this light fixed in a minute j'en ai pour une minute à réparer cette lampe;
    we'll have everything ready tout sera prêt
    (b) (with past participle) (cause to be done) to have sth done faire faire qch;
    I had my hair cut je me suis fait couper les cheveux;
    we must have the curtains cleaned nous devons faire nettoyer les rideaux ou donner les rideaux à nettoyer;
    three houses had their windows shattered trois maisons ont eu leurs fenêtres brisées;
    she had coffee brought up to the room elle a fait monter du café dans la chambre;
    I had my watch stolen je me suis fait voler ma montre
    (c) (with infinitive) (cause to do) to have sb do sth faire faire qch à qn;
    she had him invite all the neighbours round elle lui a fait inviter tous les voisins;
    have them come in faites-les entrer;
    the boss had him up to his office le patron l'a convoqué dans son bureau;
    he soon had them all laughing il eut tôt fait de les faire tous rire;
    I had the children go to bed early j'ai couché les enfants de bonne heure;
    as he would have us believe comme il voudrait nous le faire croire
    F.
    (a) (consume → food, meal) avoir, prendre;
    we were having lunch nous étions en train de déjeuner;
    we're having dinner out tonight nous sortons dîner ce soir;
    to have breakfast in bed prendre le petit déjeuner au lit;
    would you like to have coffee? voulez-vous (prendre) un café?;
    do you have coffee or tea in the morning? prenez-vous du café ou du thé le matin?;
    I had tea with her j'ai pris le thé avec elle;
    we stopped and had a drink nous nous sommes arrêtés pour boire quelque chose;
    what will you have? - I'll have the lamb (in restaurant) qu'est-ce que vous prenez? - je vais prendre de l'agneau;
    we had fish for dinner nous avons mangé ou eu du poisson au dîner;
    he always has a cigarette after dinner il fume toujours une cigarette après le dîner;
    will you have a cigarette? voulez-vous une cigarette?
    (b) (indicating location, position) placer, mettre;
    we'll have the wardrobe here and the table in there nous mettrons l'armoire ici et la table par là;
    she had her arm around his shoulders elle avait mis le bras autour de ses épaules;
    I had my back to the window je tournais le dos à la fenêtre;
    he had his head down il avait la tête baissée
    she had her mother with her sa mère était avec elle;
    I can't talk right now, I have someone with me je ne peux pas parler, je ne suis pas seul ou je suis avec quelqu'un
    she's had a baby elle a eu un bébé;
    she had her baby last week elle a accouché la semaine dernière;
    she's going to have a baby elle attend ou elle va avoir un bébé;
    he's had three children by her il a eu trois enfants d'elle;
    our dog has just had puppies notre chien vient d'avoir des petits
    (e) (assert, claim) soutenir, maintenir;
    public opinion has it that he is not telling the truth on pense généralement qu'il ne dit pas la vérité;
    rumour has it that they're married le bruit court qu'ils sont mariés;
    as the government would have it comme dirait le gouvernement;
    as Plato has it comme dit Platon, comme l'a écrit Platon
    (f) (with "will" or "would") (wish for) vouloir;
    what would you have me do? que voudriez-vous que je fasse?;
    I'll have you know I have a degree in French je vous fais remarquer que j'ai une licence de français
    (g) (in negative) (allow, permit) I will not have him in my house! il ne mettra pas les pieds chez moi!;
    I won't have it! ça ne va pas se passer comme ça!;
    we can't have you sleeping on the floor nous ne pouvons pas vous laisser dormir par terre;
    familiar we tried to give the dog a bath but he wasn't having any of it! nous avons essayé de donner un bain au chien, mais rien n'y a fait!;
    familiar I'm not having any of your nonsense pas de bêtises
    (h) (in passive) familiar (cheat, outwit) avoir;
    you've been had! tu t'es fait avoir!
    G.
    (a) (with infinitive) (indicating obligation) to have (got) to do sth devoir faire qch, être obligé de faire qch;
    do you have to or have you got to leave so soon? êtes-vous obligé de partir ou faut-il que vous partiez si tôt?;
    I have (got) to go to the meeting il faut que j'aille ou je dois aller ou je suis obligé d'aller à la réunion;
    don't you have to or haven't you got to phone the office? est-ce que tu ne dois pas appeler le bureau?;
    he'll do it if he's got to il le fera s'il est obligé de le faire;
    you don't have to or you haven't got to go tu n'es pas obligé d'y aller;
    we had to take physics at school nous étions obligés de suivre des cours de physique à l'école;
    she had to take a blood test elle a été obligée de ou elle a dû faire un examen sanguin;
    I hate having to get up early j'ai horreur de devoir me lever tôt;
    I won't apologize - you have to je ne m'excuserai pas - il le faut;
    you've got to be joking! vous plaisantez!, c'est une plaisanterie!;
    you didn't have to tell your father what happened! tu n'avais pas besoin d'aller dire à ton père ce qui s'est passé!;
    ironic the train WOULD have to be late today of all days! il fallait que le train soit en retard aujourd'hui!;
    familiar that has (got) to be the stupidest idea I've ever heard! ça doit être l'idée la plus idiote que j'aie jamais entendue!
    (b) (with infinitive) (indicating necessity) devoir;
    you have (got) to get some rest il faut que vous vous reposiez, vous devez vous reposer;
    I'll have to think about it il va falloir que j'y réfléchisse;
    I have (got) to know il faut que je le sache;
    we have to be careful about what we say on doit faire attention ou il faut qu'on fasse attention à ce qu'on dit;
    some problems still have to or have still got to be worked out il reste encore des problèmes à résoudre;
    if you finish the report this evening you won't have to come in to work tomorrow si vous finissez le rapport ce soir, vous n'aurez pas besoin de venir travailler demain;
    first the potatoes have (got) to be washed il faut d'abord laver les pommes de terre;
    I don't like housework but it has (got) to be done je n'aime pas faire le ménage mais il faut bien que quelqu'un le fasse;
    the plumbing has (got) to be redone la plomberie a besoin d'être refaite;
    you'd have to be deaf not to hear that noise il faudrait être sourd pour ne pas entendre ce bruit;
    do you have to turn the music up so loud? vous ne pourriez pas baisser un peu la musique?
    (c) (with "to do") (idioms) the book has to do with archaeology ce livre traite de l'archéologie;
    their argument had to do with money ils se disputaient à propos d'argent;
    this has nothing to do with you ça ne te concerne ou regarde pas;
    I'll have nothing more to do with her je ne veux plus avoir affaire à elle;
    they had nothing to do with her being fired ils n'avaient rien à voir avec son licenciement
    the haves les riches mpl, les nantis mpl;
    the haves and the have-nots les riches mpl et les pauvres mpl, les nantis mpl et les démunis mpl
    (keep available) garder ou avoir sous la main;
    I have the documents around somewhere les documents sont là quelque part, j'ai les documents quelque part;
    she's a useful person to have around il est bon de l'avoir sous la main;
    I don't like having children around je n'aime pas la compagnie des enfants
    British Fencing attaquer
    to have it away (with sb) s'envoyer en l'air (avec qn)
    (invite from upstairs, the north) inviter;
    we're having his family down for the weekend sa famille vient passer le week-end chez nous
    (a) (cause to enter) faire entrer;
    she had him in for a chat elle l'a fait entrer pour discuter
    to have friends in for a drink inviter des amis à prendre un pot
    (c) (doctor, workman) faire venir;
    we had to have the doctor in nous avons dû faire venir le médecin;
    they've got workmen in at the moment ils ont des ouvriers en ce moment
    to have it in for sb avoir une dent contre qn;
    they had it in for me from the day I arrived ils en ont eu après moi dès mon arrivée
    (a) (remove) retirer;
    the barber nearly had my ear off le coiffeur a failli me couper l'oreille
    (b) (have removed) faire retirer;
    she's having the plaster off next week on lui retire son plâtre la semaine prochaine
    to have it off (with sb) s'envoyer en l'air (avec qn)
    (a) (wear) porter;
    what does she have on? qu'est-ce qu'elle porte?, comment est-elle habillée?;
    she had her black dress on elle avait ou portait sa robe noire;
    the child had nothing on l'enfant était tout nu
    (b) (radio, television)
    have you got the radio on? avez-vous allumé la radio?, est-ce que la radio est allumée?;
    he has the radio/television on all night sa radio/sa télévision est allumée toute la nuit
    (c) (commitment, engagement)
    we have a lot on today nous avons beaucoup à faire aujourd'hui;
    do you have anything on for tonight? avez-vous des projets pour ou êtes-vous pris ce soir?;
    I have nothing on for the weekend je n'ai rien de prévu ce week-end
    (d) British familiar (tease, trick) faire marcher;
    you're having me on! tu me fais marcher!;
    I was only having you on c'était juste pour te faire marcher
    they have nothing on me ils n'ont aucune preuve contre moi;
    the police have nothing on him la police n'a rien sur lui
    (a) (tooth) se faire arracher
    to have it out with sb s'expliquer avec qn;
    she had it or the matter or the whole thing out with him elle a eu une longue explication avec lui;
    let's have this out once and for all mettons les choses au point une fois pour toutes
    (invite) inviter
    I'll have you up for blackmail je vais vous poursuivre (en justice) pour chantage;
    they were had up by the police for vandalism ils ont été arrêtés pour vandalisme;
    he was had up (before the court) for breaking and entering il a comparu (devant le tribunal) pour effraction
    (b) (invite from downstairs, the south) inviter;
    he had them up (to his flat) for tea il les a invités à venir prendre le thé;
    we're having them up from London for the weekend il sont venus nous voir de Londres pour le week-end
    ✾ Film 'To Have and Have Not' Hawks 'Le Port de l'angoisse'

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > have

  • 2 that

    ̘. ̈pron. ̆̈pl. thosẽ ̘ˑðæt
    1. мест.
    1) указ. тот, та, то (иногда этот и пр.) а) указывает на лицо, понятие, событие, предмет, действие, отдаленные по месту или времени б) противополагается this в) указывает на что-л. уже известное говорящему г) заменяет сущ. во избежание его повторения This wine is better than that. ≈ Это вино лучше того. The climate here is like that of France. ≈ Здешний климат похож на климат Франции.
    2) (полная форма) ;
    (редуцированные формы) относ. а) который, кто, тот который и т. п. б) часто равно in which, on which, at which, for which и т. д.by thatтем самым, этим like that ≈ таким образом that's thatничего не поделаешь;
    так-то вот that isто есть now thatтеперь, когда with thatвместе с тем
    2. нареч.
    1) так, до такой степени He was that angry he couldn't say a word. ≈ Он был до того рассержен, что слова не мог вымолвить. The hair was about that long. ≈ Волосы были примерно такой длины.
    2) очень, чрезвычайно, в высшей степени I did not take him that seriously. ≈ Я не воспринимала его всерьез. Syn: very
    2., extremely
    3. (полная форма) ;
    (редуцированная форма) союз что, чтобы (служит для введения придаточных предложений дополнительных, цели, следствия и др.) I know all that is necessary. ≈ Я знаю все, что нужно. She knew that he was there. ≈ Она знала, что он был там. это - what is *? что это такое? - who is *? кто это? - is * you, John?, (разговорное) * you, John? это ты, Джон? - are those your children? это ваши дети? - is * all the luggage you are taking? это весь ваш багаж? - those are my orders таковы мои распоряжения это, этого и т. д.;
    вот что - *'s not fair это несправедливо - *'s just like her это так на нее похоже, в этом она вся - * is what he told me вот что она мне сказал;
    это то, что он мне сказал - *'s how I happened to be here вот как я здесь очутился - they all think * они все так думают - have things come to *? неужели до этого дошло? - and so * is setteled итак, это решено - *'s where he lives вот где он живет, он живет здесь ( эмоционально-усилительно) (разговорное) вот - those are something like shoes вот это туфли - good stuff *! вот это правильно!;
    вот это да!, вот это я понимаю! в противопоставлении: - this то - this is new and * is old это новое, а то старое - I prefer these to those я предпочитаю эти тем употр. вместо другого слова или словосочетания, упомянутых выше, во избежание повторения: заменяет группу существительного - the climate there is like * of France климат там похож на климат Франции - her eyes were those of a frightened child у нее были глаза испуганного ребенка - a house like * is described here дом, подобный этому, описан здесь - I have only two pairs of shoes and those are old у меня только две пары ботинок, да и те поношенные заменяет группу глагола, эмоц. - усил. - they must be very curious creatures. - They are * это, должно быть, очень странные создания. - Так оно и есть - it was necessary to act and * promptly нужно было действовать и (действовать) быстро - they are fine chaps. - They are * славные это ребята. - Да, правда - he studied Greek and Latin when he was young, and * at Oxford он учил греческий и латынь, когда он был молодым, и учил их он в Оксфорде - will you help me? - T. I will! ты мне поможешь? - Всенепременно! в коррелятивных местоименных сочетаниях: тот (который) - those that I saw те, кого я видел - Fine Art is * in which the hand, the head, and the heart go together искусство - это такая область, где руки, мысли и душа едины - there was * in her which commanded respect в ней было нечто такое, что вызывало невольное уважение - those who wish to go may do so кто хочет, может уйти - one of those who were present один из присутствовавших (эллиптически) тот который - be * thou know'st thou art будь самим собой первое( из вышеупомянутых) - work and play are both necessary to health;
    this gives us rest and * gives us energy и труд и развлечение необходимы для здоровья - одно развивает энергию, другое дает отдых который, которая, которые ((обыкн.) следует непосредственно за определяемым словом;
    часто может быть опущено) - this is about all * he has to say это в основном все, что он может сказать - the letter * came yesterday то письмо, которое пришло вчера - this is the house * Jack built вот дом, который построил Джек - the man ( *) you were looking for has come (тот) человек, которого вы искали, пришел - during the years ( *) he had spent abroad в течение (тех) лет, что он провел за границей - the envelope ( *) I put it in (тот) конверт, в который я это положил - the man ( *) we are speaking about (тот) человек, о котором мы говорим - this is he * brought the news (книжное) вот тот, кто принес это известие в сочетании со словами, обозначающими время: когда - the night ( *) we went to the theatre в тот вечер, когда мы ходили в театр - it was the year * we went to England это случилось в тот год, когда мы поехали в Англию ( устаревшее) то что, все что, тот кто, всякий кто (определяемое слово подразумевается) - I earn * I eat, get * I wear я сам зарабатываю то, что я ем и что ношу, я сам добываю себе пищу и одежду - I am * I am я остаюсь самим собой во вводных предложениях: как ни, хоть и - wicked man * he was he would not consent to it как ни был он низок, он не соглашался на это в восклицательных предложениях: - wretch * I am! о я несчастный!, несчастный я! - fool * he is! ну и дурак же он!, дурак он несчастный! в грам. знач. прил.: этот, эта, это;
    тот, та, то - everybody is agreed on * point по тому вопросу разногласий нет - since * time с того времени - in those days в те времена - who are those people? кто эти люди? - I only saw him * once я его только один раз и видел - * man will get on! этот человек своего добьется! в противопоставлении this: тот, та, то - this book is interesting and * one is not эта книга интересна(я), а та нет в сочетании с here, there: (просторечие) вон - * here chair and * there table вот этот стул и вон тот стол( эмоционально-усилительно) (разговорное) часто в сочетании с собственным именем: этот, эта, это - when you will have done thumping * piano? когда ты кончишь барабанить на этом (твоем) рояле? - he has * confidence in his theory он непоколебимо уверен в правильности своей теории - what is it about * Mrs. Bellew? I never liked her что там с этой миссис Белью? Она никогда мне не нравилась - * fool of a porter! этот дурак носильщик! - how is * leg of yours? ну, как ваша нога? - it's * wife of his who is to blame винить надо (эту) его жену - I don't like * house of here не нравится мне (этот) ее дом (просторечие) эти - * ill manners эти мои дурные манеры (устаревшее) такой, в такой степени - he blushed to * degree that I felt ill at ease он так покраснел, что мне стало неловко в грам. знач. нареч.: (разговорное) так, до такой степени - if he wanted is * much если он так уж сильно хотел этого - I can't walk * far я не могу идти так далеко - when I was * tall когда я был вот такого роста - he was * angry he couldn't say a word он был до того рассержен, что слова не мог вымолвить (диалектизм) (американизм) столько, так - he talk * much! он столько говорит! - he is * sleepy он такой сонный - he was * tall! он был такого огромного роста в грам. знач. определенного артикля: тот, та, то;
    этот, эта, это - he lives in * house across the street он живет в (том) доме через дорогу - what was * noise? что это был за шум? в коррелятивных местоименных сочетаниях: тот (который), та (которая), то (которое) - * part which concerns us (та) часть, которая нас касается - * man we are speaking of has come (тот) человек, о котором мы говорим, уже здесь > (and) *'s * так-то вот;
    такие-то дела;
    ничего не поделаешь;
    так вот, значит > (and) *'s * дело с концом;
    на этом точка > all * все это, все такое > and all * и все (такое) прочее;
    и так далее > it is not so cold as all * и не так уж холодно > after * после того, что;
    после того, как > at * после этого;
    затем;
    (американизм) при всем при том;
    к тому же;
    сверх того;
    на этом > it is only a snapshot and a poor one at * это всего лишь любительский снимок, да еще и плохой к тому же > and usually I leave it at * и на этом я обычно прекращаю разговор > by * к тому времени;
    (под) этим > what do you mean by *? что вы этим хотите сказать?, что вы подразумеваете под этим? > upon * когда;
    как (только) ;
    после этого;
    при этом;
    с этими словами > with * she took out her handkerchief с этими словами она вынула носовой платок > *'s all вот и все > *'s it это как раз то, что нам надо;
    вот именно, правильно > *'s right! правильно! > *'s more like it это другой разговор, это другое дело > *'s * все, решено > well *'s *;
    at least I know where I am going ну что ж, решено;
    по крайне мере, я знаю, куда еду > *'ll do довольно, хватит;
    этого будет достаточно > *'s done it это решило дело;
    это переполнило чашу > *'s a good boy!, *'s a dear! вот и хорошо!, правильно!, молодец!, умник! > like * так;
    таким образом > why are you crying like *? чего ты так плачешь? > a man like * подобный человек > o *!, would *! о если бы!, хотелось бы мне, чтобы > come out of *! (сленг) убирайся!, выметайся! > take *! на, получай!, вот тебе! (при ударе) > I wouldn't give * for it я даже вот столечко не дал бы за это вводит сказуемое, дополнительные и аппозитивные придаточные предложения: (то) что - * they were brothers was clear то, что они братья, было ясно - it seems * you have forgotten me вы, кажется, забыли меня - I know * it is unjust я знаю, что это несправедливо - I fear * I cannot come боюсь, что не смогу прийти - he made it clear * he did not agree он дал понять, что не согласен - there is no doubt * we were wrong from the start несомненно, мы были не правы с с самого начала - the fact * I am here non факт, что я здесь - the thought * he would be late oppressed him мысль, что он опоздает, угнетала его вводит придаточные дополнительные предложения и сказуемые с причинным оттенком значения: что, так как;
    потому что - I'm sorry * this has happened мне очень жаль, что так случилось - if I complain it is * I want you to do better in future если я и жалуюсь, то потому, что хочу, чтобы вы поступали лучше в будущем вводит придаточные цели (часто so *, in order *): так (чтобы) - let's finish now (so) * we can rest tomorrow давайте закончим сейчас, (так) чтобы завтра можно было отдохнуть - come nearer * I may see you подойдите поближе, чтобы я мог увидеть вас - put it there so * it won't be forgotten положи это туда, чтобы не забыть - they kept quiet so * he might sleep они сидели тихо, чтобы дать ему поспать - study * you may learn учись, а то знать ничего не будешь вводит придаточные: результата: что - I am so tired * I can hardly stand я так устал, что еле стою - the light was so bright * it hurt our eyes свет был такой яркий, ято было больно смотреть основания( обыкн. после вопросительного или отрицательного главного предложения): что - who is he * everybody supports him? кто он такой, что все поддерживают его? пояснительные: что - you have well done * you have come вы хорошо сделали, что пришли необходимого следствия или сопровождения (обыкн. после отрицательного главного предложения): (без того) чтобы - never a month goes by * he does not write to us не проходит и месяца, чтобы он не написал нам - I can't speak but * you try to interrupt me как только я начинаю говорить, вы перебиваете меня вводит придаточные предложения в составе эмфатических сложных предложений: - it was there * I first me her здесь я встретил ее впервые - it was because he didn't work * he failed он потерпел неудачу, потому что не работал вводит восклицательные предложения, выражающие удивление, негодование, сильное желание и т. п.: чтобы, что - * he should behave like that! чтобы он себя так вел! - oh * I migth see you once more! о если бы я мог еще раз увидеть вас! - to think * I knew nothing about it! подумать только, (что) я ничего об этом не знал! - * I should live to see such things! дожил, нечего сказать! - * one so fair should be so false! такая краасивая, и такая лгунья! (устаревшее) вводит придаточное предложение, параллельное предшествующему придаточному, употребленному с другим союзом;
    переводится как союз первого придаточного - although the rear was attacked and * fifty men were captured несмотря на то, что нападение было произведено с тыла и несмотря на то, что пятьдесят солдат были захвачены в плен( устаревшее) следует за рядом союзов, не изменяя их значения: - because * так как, потому что - if * если - lest * чтобы не - though * хотя в сочетаниях: - not * не то чтобы;
    насколько - I wondrr what happened, not * I care хоть мне и все равно, а все-таки интересно, что там случилось - not * it matters, but the letter has not been sent yet я не хочу сказать, что это так уж важно, но письмо все еще не отправлено - in * тем что;
    поскольку;
    так как - some of his books have become classics in * they are read by most students interested in anthropology некоторые из его книг стали классическими, их читают почти все студенты, интересующиеся антропологией - but * если бы не - I would have gone with you but * I am so busy я бы пошел с вами, если бы не - he is not such a fool but * he can see it он не так глуп, чтобы не видеть этого после отрацательных предложений: что - I don't deny but * he is right я не отрицаю, что он прав не то чтобы - not but * he believed it himself не то чтобы он верил этому сам - except * кроме того, что;
    не считая того, что - it is right except * the accents are omitted это правильно, если не считать того, что пропущены ударения - notwithstanding * (устаревшее) хотя, несмотря на то, что and all ~ и тому подобное, и все такое прочее;
    by that тем самым, этим;
    like that таким образом assumed ~ при допущении, что assumed ~ при предположении, что assuming ~ допуская, что assuming ~ полагая, что believing ~ полагая, что the book ~ I'm reading книга, которую я читаю and all ~ и тому подобное, и все такое прочее;
    by that тем самым, этим;
    like that таким образом the explosion was so loud ~ he was deafened взрыв был настолько силен, что оглушил его;
    oh, that I knew the truth! о, если бы я знал правду! he was ~ angry he couldn't say a word он был до того рассержен, что слова не мог вымолвить I know ~ it was so я знаю, что это было так;
    we eat that we may live мы едим, чтобы поддерживать жизнь I went to this doctor and ~ я обращался к разным врачам;
    now that теперь, когда;
    with that вместе с тем and all ~ и тому подобное, и все такое прочее;
    by that тем самым, этим;
    like that таким образом that pron rel. который, кто, тот, который;
    the members that were present те из членов, которые присутствовали move ~ предлагать ~'s ~ разг. ничего не поделаешь;
    так-то вот;
    that is то есть;
    not that не потому (или не то), чтобы I went to this doctor and ~ я обращался к разным врачам;
    now that теперь, когда;
    with that вместе с тем on ground ~ на том основании, что provided ~ в том случае, если provided ~ если только provided ~ однако provided ~ при условии, что that pron rel. который, кто, тот, который;
    the members that were present те из членов, которые присутствовали ~ так, до такой степени;
    that far настолько далеко;
    на такое расстояние;
    that much столько ~ pron demonstr. тот, та, то (иногда этот и пр.) ;
    this: this wine is better than that это вино лучше того ~ pron (pl those) demonstr. тот, та, то (иногда этот и пр.) ~ cj что, чтобы (служит для введения придаточных предложений дополнительных, цели, следствия и др.) this: ~ pron demonstr. (pl these) этот, эта, это that: take this book and I'll take that one возьмите эту книгу, а я возьму ту ~ day тот день;
    that man тот человек ~ так, до такой степени;
    that far настолько далеко;
    на такое расстояние;
    that much столько the explosion was so loud ~ he was deafened взрыв был настолько силен, что оглушил его;
    oh, that I knew the truth! о, если бы я знал правду! ~'s ~ разг. ничего не поделаешь;
    так-то вот;
    that is то есть;
    not that не потому (или не то), чтобы ~ day тот день;
    that man тот человек ~ так, до такой степени;
    that far настолько далеко;
    на такое расстояние;
    that much столько ~'s it! вот именно!, правильно!;
    that's all there is to it ну, вот и все;
    this and that разные ~'s ~ разг. ничего не поделаешь;
    так-то вот;
    that is то есть;
    not that не потому (или не то), чтобы ~'s it! вот именно!, правильно!;
    that's all there is to it ну, вот и все;
    this and that разные ~ pron demonstr. тот, та, то (иногда этот и пр.) ;
    this: this wine is better than that это вино лучше того I know ~ it was so я знаю, что это было так;
    we eat that we may live мы едим, чтобы поддерживать жизнь I went to this doctor and ~ я обращался к разным врачам;
    now that теперь, когда;
    with that вместе с тем

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > that

  • 3 that

    1. [ðæt (полная форма); ðət,ðt (редуцированные формы)] pron (pl those)
    1. 1) это

    what is that? - что это такое?

    who is that? - кто это?

    is that you, John?, разг. that you, John? - это ты, Джон?

    are those your children? - это ваши дети?

    is that all the luggage you are taking? - это весь ваш багаж?

    those are my orders - таковы /вот/ мои распоряжения

    2) это, этого и т. д.; вот что

    that's just like her - это так на неё похоже, в этом она вся

    that is what he told me - вот что он мне сказал; это то, что он мне сказал

    they all think that - они все так /это/ думают

    have things come to that? - неужели до этого дошло?

    and so that is settled - итак, это решено

    that's where he lives - вот где он живёт, он живёт здесь

    3) эмоц.-усил. разг. вот

    good stuff that! - вот это правильно /здорово/!; ≅ вот это да!, вот это я понимаю!

    this is new and that is old - это новое, а то старое

    2. употр. вместо другого слова или словосочетания, упомянутых выше, во избежание повторения

    the climate there is like that of France - климат там похож на климат Франции

    her eyes were those of a frightened child - у неё были глаза испуганного ребёнка

    a house like that is described here - дом, подобный этому, описан здесь

    I have only two pairs of shoes and those are old - у меня только две пары ботинок, да и те поношенные

    they must be very curious creatures. - They are that - это, должно быть, очень странные создания. - Так оно и есть

    it was necessary to act and that promptly - нужно было действовать и (действовать) быстро

    they are fine chaps. - They are that [That they are not] - славные это ребята. - Да, правда /действительно/ [Вот уж нет]

    he studied Greek and Latin when he was young, and that at Oxford - он учил греческий и латынь, когда он был молодым, и учил их он в Оксфорде

    will you help me? - That I will! - ты мне поможешь? - Всенепременно! /А как же!/

    those that I saw - те, кого я видел

    Fine Art is that in which the hand, the head, and the heart go together - искусство - это такая область, где руки, мысли и душа едины

    there was that in her which commanded respect - в ней было нечто такое, что вызывало невольное уважение

    those who wish to go may do so - кто хочет, может уйти

    2) эллипт. тот который

    work and play are both necessary to health; this gives us rest and that gives us energy - и труд и развлечение необходимы для здоровья - одно /первое/ развивает энергию, другое /последнее/ даёт отдых

    Б rel
    1. 1) который, которая, которые (обыкн. следует непосредственно за определяемым словом; часто может быть опущено)

    this is about all that he has to say - это в основном всё, что он может сказать

    the letter that came yesterday - то письмо, которое пришло вчера

    this is the house that Jack built - вот дом, который построил Джек

    the man (that) you were looking for has come - (тот) человек, которого вы искали, пришёл

    during the years (that) he had spent abroad - в течение (тех) лет, что он провёл за границей

    the envelope (that) I put it in - (тот) конверт, в который я это положил

    the man (that) we are speaking about - (тот) человек, о котором мы говорим

    this is he that brought the news - книжн. вот тот, кто принёс это известие

    2) в сочетании со словами, обозначающими время когда

    the night (that) we went to the theatre - в тот вечер, когда мы ходили в театр

    it was the year that we went to England - это случилось в тот год /это был тот год/, когда мы поехали в Англию

    3) поэт., уст. то что, всё что, тот кто, всякий кто ( определяемое слово подразумевается)

    I earn that I eat, get that I wear - я сам зарабатываю то, что я ем и что ношу, я сам добываю себе пищу и одежду

    2. 1) во вводных предложениях как ни, хоть и

    wicked man that he was he would not consent to it - как ни был он низок /хоть и дурной человек он был/, он не соглашался на это

    wretch that I am! - о я несчастный!, несчастный я!

    fool that he is! - ну и дурак же он!, дурак он несчастный!

    В в грам. знач. прил.
    1. 1) этот, эта, это; тот, та, то

    everybody is agreed on that point - по тому /этому/ вопросу разногласий нет

    since that time [moment, day, year] - с того /с этого/ времени [момента, дня, года]

    who are those people? - кто эти люди?

    I only saw him that once - я его только один раз /тогда/ и видел

    that man will get on! - этот человек своего добьётся!

    2) в противопоставлении this тот, та, то

    this book is interesting and that one is not - эта книга интересна(я), а та нет

    3) в сочетании с here, there прост. вон
    2. эмоц.-усил. разг.

    when you will have done thumping that piano? - когда ты кончишь барабанить на этом (твоём) рояле?

    he has that confidence in his theory - он непоколебимо уверен в правильности своей теории

    what is it about that Mrs. Bellew? I never liked her - что там с этой миссис Белью? Она никогда мне не нравилась

    that fool of a porter! - этот дурак носильщик!

    how is that leg of yours? - ну, как ваша нога?

    2) (вм. those) прост. эти
    3. уст. такой, в такой степени

    he blushed to that degree that I felt ill at ease - он так /до такой степени/ покраснел, что мне стало неловко

    Г в грам. знач. нареч.
    1) разг. так, до такой степени

    he was that angry he couldn't say a word - он был до того рассержен, что слова не мог вымолвить

    2) диал., амер. столько, так

    he talks that much! - он столько говорит!

    he was that tall! - он был такого огромного роста /такой высокий/!

    Д в грам. знач. определённого артикля
    1. тот, та, то; этот, эта, это

    he lives in that house across the street - он живёт в (том) доме через дорогу

    what was that noise? - что это был за шум?

    2. в коррелятивных местоимённых сочетаниях тот (который), та (которая), то (которое)

    that part which concerns us - (та) часть, которая нас касается

    that man we are speaking of has come - (тот) человек, о котором мы говорим, уже здесь /уже пришёл/

    (and) that's that - а) так-то вот; такие-то дела; ничего не поделаешь; так вот, значит; б) дело с концом; на этом точка

    all that - всё это, всё такое

    and all that - и всё (такое) прочее; и так далее

    after that - после того, что; после того, как

    at that - а) после этого; затем; б) амер. при всём при том; к тому же; сверх того; it is only a snapshot and a poor one at that - это всего лишь любительский снимок, да ещё и плохой к тому же; в) на этом; and usually I leave it at that - и на этом я обычно прекращаю разговор

    by that - а) к тому времени; б) (под) этим

    what do you mean by that? - что вы этим хотите сказать?, что вы подразумеваете под этим?

    upon /with/ that - а) когда; как (только); после этого, б) при этом; в) с этими словами; with that she took out her handkerchief - с этими словами она вынула носовой платок

    that's it - это как раз то, что нам надо; вот именно, правильно

    that's right! - правильно!

    that's more like it - это другой разговор, это другое дело

    that's that - всё, решено

    well that's that; at least I know where I am going - ну что ж, решено; по крайней мере, я знаю, куда еду

    that'll do - довольно, хватит; этого будет достаточно

    that's done it - это решило дело; это переполнило чашу

    that's a good boy!, that's a dear! - вот и хорошо!, правильно!, молодец!, умник!

    like that - так; таким /подобным/ образом

    why are you crying like that? - чего ты так плачешь?

    o that!, would that! - о если бы!, хотелось бы мне, чтобы

    come out of that! - сл. убирайся!, выметайся!

    take that! - на, получай!, вот тебе! ( при ударе)

    this and that см. this

    2. [ðæt (полная форма); ðət (редуцированная форма)]cj
    1. вводит сказуемые, дополнительные и аппозитивные придаточные предложения (то) что

    that they were brothers was clear - то, что они братья, было ясно

    it seems that you have forgotten me - вы, кажется, забыли меня

    I know [say] that it is unjust - я знаю [говорю], что это несправедливо

    I fear that I cannot come - боюсь, что не смогу прийти

    he made it clear that he did not agree - он дал понять, что не согласен

    there is no doubt that we were wrong from the start - несомненно, мы были не правы с самого начала

    the fact that I am here - тот факт, что я здесь

    the thought that he would be late oppressed him - мысль, что он опоздает, угнетала его

    2. вводит придаточные дополнительные предложения и сказуемые с причинным оттенком значения что, так как; потому что

    I'm sorry that this has happened - мне очень жаль, что так случилось

    if I complain it is that I want you to do better in future - если я и жалуюсь, то потому, что хочу, чтобы вы поступали лучше в будущем

    3. вводит придаточные цели ( часто so that, in order that) так (чтобы)

    let's finish now (so) that we can rest tomorrow - давайте закончим сейчас, (так) чтобы завтра можно было отдохнуть

    come nearer that I may see you - подойдите поближе, чтобы я мог увидеть вас

    put it there so that it won't be forgotten - положи это туда, чтобы не забыть

    they kept quiet so that he might sleep - они сидели тихо, чтобы дать ему поспать

    study that you may learn - ≅ учись, а то знать ничего не будешь

    I am so tired that I can hardly stand - я так устал, что еле стою

    the light was so bright that it hurt our eyes - свет был такой яркий, что было больно смотреть

    2) основания (обыкн. после вопросительного или отрицательного главного предложения) что

    who is he that everybody supports him? - кто он такой, что все поддерживают его?

    you have well done that you have come - вы хорошо сделали, что пришли

    4) необходимого следствия или сопровождения (обыкн. после отрицательного главного предложения) (без того) чтобы

    never a month goes by that he does not write to us - не проходит и месяца, чтобы он не написал нам

    I can't speak but that you try to interrupt me - как только я начинаю говорить, вы перебиваете меня

    it was because he didn't work that he failed - он потерпел неудачу, потому что не работал

    6. вводит восклицательные предложения, выражающие удивление, негодование, сильное желание и т. п. чтобы, что

    that he should behave like that! - чтобы он себя так вёл!

    oh that I might see you once more! - о если бы я мог ещё раз увидеть вас!

    to think that I knew nothing about it! - подумать только, (что) я ничего об этом не знал!

    that I should live to see such things! - дожил, нечего сказать!

    that one so fair should be so false! - такая красивая, и такая лгунья!

    7. уст. вводит придаточное предложение, параллельное предшествующему придаточному, употреблённому с другим союзом; переводится как союз первого придаточного

    although the rear was attacked and that fifty men were captured - несмотря на то, что нападение было произведено с тыла и несмотря на то, что пятьдесят солдат были захвачены в плен

    8. уст. следует за рядом союзов, не изменяя их значения:

    because that - так как, потому что

    not that - а) не то чтобы; б) насколько; wonder what happened, not that I care - ≅ хоть мне и всё равно, а всё-таки интересно, что там случилось; not that it matters, but the letter has not been sent yet - я не хочу сказать, что это так уж важно, но письмо всё ещё не отправлено

    in that - тем что; поскольку; так как

    some of his books have become classics in that they are read by most students interested in anthropology - некоторые из его книг стали классическими, их читают почти все студенты, интересующиеся антропологией

    but that - а) если бы не; I would have gone with you but that I am so busy - я бы пошёл с вами, если бы я не был так занят; б) чтобы не; he is not such a fool but that he can see it - он не так глуп, чтобы не видеть этого; в) после отрицательных предложений что; I don't deny [doubt] but that he is right - я не отрицаю [сомневаюсь], что он прав; г) не то чтобы; not but that he believed it himself - не то чтобы он верил этому сам

    except that - кроме того, что; не считая того, что

    it is right except that the accents are omitted - это правильно, если не считать того, что пропущены ударения

    save that - уст. = except that [см. except II 2]

    notwithstanding that - уст. хотя, несмотря на то, что

    НБАРС > that

  • 4 sapere

    1. v/t know
    ( essere capace di) be able to
    sai nuotare? can you swim?
    lo so I know
    2. v/i: far sapere qualcosa a qualcuno let someone know something
    saperla lunga know all about it
    non si sa mai you never know
    per quel che ne so as far as I know
    non sa di nulla it doesn't taste of anything
    3. m knowledge
    * * *
    sapere v.tr.
    1 to know*: sa sempre la lezione molto bene, she always knows her lesson very well; sa tre lingue straniere, he knows three foreign languages; sapere a mente, a memoria, to know by heart; sapere qlco. per filo e per segno, to know sthg. thoroughly; so per esperienza come vanno queste cose, I know by experience how these things go // sa il fatto suo, he knows his job // chi sa il gioco non lo insegni, (prov.) he who knows the rules does well to keep them to himself
    2 ( essere a conoscenza di) to know*; ( venire a conoscenza di) to hear*, to learn*; to get* to know: sai che...?, do you know that...?; lo so, I know; non lo so, I don't know; non so niente di tutto questo, I know nothing about all this; vorrei saperne di più, I wish I knew (o I'd like to know) more; so benissimo che sei lì, I know perfectly well you're there; sai bene, meglio di me, you know perfectly well; sapevo che sarebbe venuto, I knew he would come; venire a sapere, to get (o to come) to know; come hai saputo queste notizie?, how did you get this information?; presto o tardi si sa tutto, everything comes out sooner or later; speriamo che non si sappia in giro, let's hope the whole world doesn't know about it; non ho saputo più nulla di lui, I haven't heard any more about him; questo è quanto ho saputo, that is what I heard // far sapere qlco. a qlcu., to let s.o. know sthg.; ( per iscritto) to drop s.o. a line about sthg.; ( a voce) to send s.o. word about sthg. // sapere vita, morte e miracoli di qlcu., to know everything about s.o. // che ne so io?, come faccio a saperlo?, how should I know?; come fai a saperlo?, how do you know? // si può sapere cosa vuoi?, may I know what you want? // non si sa mai, you never know (o you never can tell) // buono a sapersi, that's worth knowing // non voglio più saperne ( di lui, di ciò), I don't want to have anything more to do with him, with it // sappi, sappiate che..., you have to understand that... // devi sapere che ieri..., listen, yesterday... // se (tu) sapessi, se sapeste!, if you only knew // (a) saperlo, (ad) averlo saputo!, if only I'd known! // che io sappia, per quel che ne so io, per quanto mi è dato sapere, as far as I know // per chi non lo sapesse, for those who don't know // sa com'è, you know how it is // Dio sa quando tornerà, God knows when he'll come back; Dio solo (lo) sa dove è andato a finire, God only knows where it's finished up // egli vende vestiti, cappelli, scarpe e che so io, he sells clothes, hats, shoes and what not // è morto di non so quale malattia, he died of some disease or other // in gennaio, si sa, fa freddo, everybody knows that it is cold in January
    3 ( aver chiaro in mente) to know*: so io cosa devo fare, I know what I must do; non so che fare, che dire, I don't know what to do, what to say; non sai quello che dici, you don't know what you're saying; non so che farci, come fare, I don't know what to do about it; sa di avere ragione, he knows he's right; non sapevo di dover tornare, I didn't know I had to come back; sa quel che vuole, he knows what he wants // ecco, lo sapevo, there, I knew it // un certo non so che, a certain je ne sais quoi
    4 ( essere capace, essere in grado di) can; ( nei tempi mancanti) to be able; to know* how: sa far tutto, he can do anything; non sa fare niente, he can't do anything; sa parlare inglese e francese, he can speak English and French; non so guidare la macchina, I can't drive a car; ''Sai sciare?'' ''Sì'', ''No'', ''Can you ski?'' ''Yes, I can'', ''No, I can't''; pensi che sappia cavarsela?, do you think he'll be able to manage?; non me l'hanno saputo dire, they weren't able to tell me; saprebbe indicarmi un buon ristorante nella zona?, could you tell me where there is a good restaurant around here?; rivolgiti a lui, saprà certamente consigliarti, ask him, he'll definitely be able to advise you; non sapendo nuotare, rischiò di annegare, not being able (o being unable) to swim, he was in danger of drowning; non ho simpatia per quella gente, non saprei dire perché, I don't like those people but I couldn't say why; sai come si apre questa porta?, do you know how this door opens?; è uno che sa farsi rispettare, he knows how to command respect; non so fare questo esercizio, I don't know how to do this exercise; non saprò mai usare il computer, I'll never know (o learn) how to use a computer (o I'll never be able to use a computer) // con la gente ci sa fare, he knows how to handle people; con lui bisogna saperci fare, you have to know how to handle him
    v. intr.
    1 to know*, to be educated: è un uomo che sa, he is an educated (o a cultivated) man; sa di greco e di latino, he's well-versed in Greek and Latin
    2 ( essere a conoscenza) to know*, to be aware; ( venire a conoscenza) to hear*, to learn*: so dei suoi meriti, I know (o I'm aware) of his merits; non sapevo di questi intrighi, I wasn't aware of these intrigues; ho saputo di un malinteso fra voi due, I've heard of a misunderstanding between you
    3 ( aver sapore) to taste; ( aver odore) to smell*: questa minestra sa di aglio, this soup tastes of garlic; questa carne sa di bruciato, this meat tastes burnt; la stanza sapeva di fumo, the room smelt of smoke // una ragazza che non sa di niente, an insipid girl
    4 ( pensare, supporre) to think*: mi sa che hai ragione tu, I think you're right; mi sa che è rimasto a letto, I bet he's stayed in bed.
    sapere s.m.
    1 ( scibile) knowledge: il sapere umano, human knowledge
    2 ( cultura) learning, erudition, scholarship: un uomo di gran sapere, a man of great learning.
    * * *
    1. [sa'pere]
    vb irreg vt
    1) (conoscere: lezione, nome) to know, (venire a sapere: notizia) to hear

    sai se torna?do you know if o whether he is coming back?

    lo so, non è colpa tua — I know, it's not your fault

    sa quattro linguehe knows o can speak four languages

    far sapere qc a qn — to let sb know (about) sth, inform sb about sth

    venire a sapere qc (da qn)to find out o hear about sth (from sb)

    2) (essere capace di) to know how to

    sai nuotare? — do you know how to swim?, can you swim?

    3) (rendersi conto) to know

    non sa cosa dicehe doesn't know o realize what he's saying

    senza saperlo — without realizing it, unwittingly

    4)

    (fraseologia) è difficile, e io ne so qualcosa — it's difficult and don't I know it

    si sa che... — it's well known that..., everybody knows that...

    non sapreiI don't o wouldn't know

    mi dispiace, non so che farci — I'm sorry, I don't see what I can do about it

    averlo saputo!had I (o we ecc) known!, if only I (o we ecc) had known!

    ci sa fare con le donne/macchine — he has a way with women/cars

    2. vi (aus avere)
    1)

    sapere di (aver sapore) to taste of, (aver odore) to smell of, fig to smack of, resemble

    2)

    mi sa che... — (credo) I think (that)...

    3. sm
    * * *
    I 1. [sa'pere]
    verbo modale (essere capace, potere) can, to be* able to
    2.
    verbo transitivo
    1) (conoscere) to know* [verità, risposta]

    sapere qcs. su qcn. — to know sth. about sb.

    ha ragione, sai — he's right, you know

    sappi che non lo permetterò! — I won't stand for it, I tell you!

    non si sa mai o non si può mai sapere you never know; a saperlo! se avessi saputo! if only I had known! ne so quanto prima — I'm none the wiser

    2) (avere imparato) to know*
    3) (essere, venire a conoscenza) to hear*, to learn* (di of, about)
    3.
    verbo intransitivo (aus. avere)
    2) (avere sapore) to taste, to savour BE, savor AE (di of); (avere odore) to smell* (di of)

    sapere di sale, di bruciato — to taste salty, burnt

    3) fig. (sembrare)

    mi sa che — I've got a feeling (that), something tells me (that)

    ••

    saperci fare con i bambinito have a way o be good with children

    saperla lunga in fatto di qcs. — to know a thing or two about sth.

    ••
    Note:
    Attenzione a distinguere l'uso di saper fare qualcosa e sapere qualcosa: nel primo caso, sapere funziona da verbo modale, non può avere per soggetto una cosa, e si traduce con can, to be able to o to know how; nel secondo caso, funziona da verbo lessicale e si traduce con to know. Si veda sotto per gli esempi d'uso e i casi minori
    II [sa'pere]
    sostantivo maschile knowledge; (cultura) learning
    * * *
    sapere1
    /sa'pere/ [82]
    Attenzione a distinguere l'uso di saper fare qualcosa e sapere qualcosa: nel primo caso, sapere funziona da verbo modale, non può avere per soggetto una cosa, e si traduce con can, to be able to o to know how; nel secondo caso, funziona da verbo lessicale e si traduce con to know. Si veda sotto per gli esempi d'uso e i casi minori.
     (essere capace, potere) can, to be* able to; saper fare to be able to do; sapere come fare to know how to do; non sa guidare she can't drive; sa battere a macchina? can he type? a quattro anni sapevo leggere I could read at the age of four; sai aggiustarlo? do you know how to fix it? non sa dire di no he can't say no; saper ascoltare to be a good listener
     1 (conoscere) to know* [verità, risposta]; lo so I know; non lo so I don't know; sapere tutto to know everything; sapere qcs. su qcn. to know sth. about sb.; non so perché I don't know why; lo so che è difficile I know it's difficult; sapevo che l'avresti detto I knew you would say that; non sa più quello che dice he doesn't know what he's saying; non ne so niente I don't know anything about it; buono a -rsi that's handy to know; come faccio a saperlo? how should I know? senza saperlo unknowingly; come ben sai as you well know; se proprio vuoi saperlo if you must know; caso mai non lo sapessi in case you didn't know; ha ragione, sai he's right, you know; sai una cosa? (do) you know something? sai cosa? sono proprio stufo you know what? I'm really fed up; sappi che non lo permetterò! I won't stand for it, I tell you! se sapessi! little do you know! se sapessi come sono contento! you can't imagine how happy I am! che io sappia as far as I know; non che io sappia not that I know of; che (cosa) ne so io! how should I know! per quanto ne so to my knowledge; senza che lo sapessi without my knowledge; non saprei I wouldn't know; vai a sapere! chi lo sa! who knows? non si sa mai o non si può mai sapere you never know; a saperlo! se avessi saputo! if only I had known! ne so quanto prima I'm none the wiser
     2 (avere imparato) to know*; sapere il cinese to know Chinese; sapere per esperienza to know from experience
     3 (essere, venire a conoscenza) to hear*, to learn* (di of, about); venire a sapere che to hear (it said) that; ho saputo del tuo incidente I heard about your accident; fammelo sapere please let me know; come l'hai saputo? how did you find out? ha fatto sapere che she let it be known that
     (aus. avere)
     1 (essere colto) un uomo che sa a cultivated man
     2 (avere sapore) to taste, to savour BE, savor AE (di of); (avere odore) to smell* (di of); sapere di sale, di bruciato to taste salty, burnt; non sa di niente it has no taste
     3 fig. (sembrare) sa di fregatura it sounds dodgy; mi sa che I've got a feeling (that), something tells me (that)
    saperci fare con i bambini to have a way o be good with children; con gli uomini ci sa fare she knows how to handle men; saperla lunga in fatto di qcs. to know a thing or two about sth.; è uno che la sa lunga he's been around; sapere il fatto proprio to know what's what; non voglio più saperne di lui I don't want to hear from him any more; non ne vuole sapere he won't hear of it.
    ————————
    sapere2
    /sa'pere/
    sostantivo m.
    knowledge; (cultura) learning; sete di sapere thirst for knowledge; un uomo di vasto sapere a man of great learning.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > sapere

  • 5 A

    1.
    A, a, indecl. n. (sometimes joined with littera), the first letter of the Latin alphabet, corresponding to the a, a of the other Indo-. European languages:

    A primum est: hinc incipiam, et quae nomina ab hoc sunt, Lucil. ap. Terent. Scaur. p. 2255 P.: sus rostro si humi A litteram impresserit,

    Cic. Div. 1, 13, 23:

    ne in A quidem atque S litteras exire temere masculina Graeca nomina recto casu patiebantur,

    Quint. 1, 5, 61.
    II.
    The sound of the A is short or long in every part of the word; as, ăb, păter, ită; ā, māter, frustrā. During a short period (between about 620 and 670 A. U. C. = from 134 to 84 B.C.) long a was written aa, probably first by the poet L. Attius, in the manner of the Oscan language; so we find in Latin inscriptions: AA. CETEREIS (i.e.a ceteris), CALAASI, FAATO, HAACE, MAARCIVM, PAAPVS, PAASTORES, VAARVS; and in Greek writing, MAAPKOPs PsIOS MAAPKEAAOS, KOINTON MAAPKION (like Osc. aasas = Lat. āra, Osc. Paapi = Lat. Pāpius, Osc. Paakul = Lat. Pāculus, Pācullus, Pācuvius, etc.), v. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 28 sq., and cf. Mommsen, Unterital. Dialekte, p. 210 sq. (The Umbrian language has gone a step farther, and written long a by aha, as Aharna, Naharcom, trahaf, etc.; cf. Aufrecht and Kirchhoff, Umbrische Sprachdenkm. p. 76 sq.) Vid. also the letters E and U.
    III.
    In etymological and grammatical formation of words, short a very often (sometimes also long a) is changed into other vowels.
    A.
    Short a is changed,
    1.
    , into long a
    a.
    In consequence of the suppression of the following consonants at the end or in the middle of the word: ŭb, ā; vădis, vūs; ăg-, ăg-men, exāmen; tăg-, contūmino; căd-, cāsus. Hence also in the abl. sing. of the first decl., and in the particles derived from it. in consequence of the suppression of the original ablat. end. - d: PRAEDAD (Col. Rostr.), praedā; SENTENTIAD (S. C. de Bacch.), sententiā; EXTBAD (ib.), extrā; SVPRAD (ib.), suprā. —Hence,
    b.
    In perfect forms: scăb-o, scābi; căveo, cūvi; făv-eo, fāvi; păv-eo, pāvi (for scăbui, căvui, făvui, păvui).
    c.
    In other forms: ăgo, ambūges; păc-, păc-iscor, pâcis (pâx); săg-ax, sūgus, sāga; măc-er, mâcero; făg- (phagein), fūgus. (Contrary to analogy, ă remains short in dănunt, from dă-in-unt, V. Ritschl, l.l.p. 17.)
    2.
    Short a is changed into é or ē—
    a.
    Into é.
    (α).
    Most frequently in the second part of compounds, particularly before two consonants: facio, confectus; jacio, conjectus; rapio, dereptus; dăm-, damno, condemno; fāl-, fallo, fefelli; măn-, mando, commendo; scando, ascendo; ăp-, aptus, ineptus; ăr-, ars, iners, sollers; ăn-, annus, perennis; căpio, auceps; căput, triceps; ăgo, remex; jăcio, objex. And thus in Plautus, according to the best MSS., dispenno, dispessus from pando, compectus from compăciscor, anteceptus from capio (on the other hand, in Vergil, according to the best MS., aspurgo, attractare, deiractare, kept their a unchanged).
    (β).
    Sometimes ă is changed into ĕ also before one consonant (but in this case it is usually changed into ĭ; v. infra, 3. a. a.): grădior, ingrĕdior; pătior, perpĕtior; părio, repĕrio; păro, vitupĕro; ăp-, coepi (i. e. co-ŭpi); căno, tubicĕn, tibicĕn; in the reduplicated carcĕr (from carcar) farfŏrus (written also farfārus); and so, according to the better MSS., aequipĕro from păro, and defĕtigo from fătigo.
    (γ).
    In words taken from the Greek: talanton, talŏntum; phalara, phalŏrae; sisaron, sisŏr (but, according to the best MSS., cumŭra from kamara, not camŏra).
    b.
    Short a is changed to ē in some perfect forms: ăgo, ēgi; fūcio, féci; jăci, jĕci; frag-, frango, frēgi; căpio, cēpi, and păg-, pango, pēgi (together with pepĭgi and panxi, v. pango).
    3.
    Short a is changed to ĭ, a (most frequently in the second part of compounds)
    (α).
    before one consonant: ăgo, abĭgo; făcio, confĭcio; cădo, concĭdo; sălio, assĭlio; răpio, abrĭpio; păter, Juppĭter (in Umbrian lang. unchanged, Jupater), Marspĭter; Diespĭter, Opĭter; rătus, irrĭtus; ămicus, inìmicus (but ŭ remains unchanged in adŭmo, impătiens, and in some compounds of a later period of Roman literature, as praejacio, calefacio, etc.). —
    (β).
    Sometimes also before two consonants (where it is usually changed into ĕ; v. supra, 2. a. b.): tăg-, tango, contingo; păg-, pango, compingo (unchanged in some compounds, as peragro, desacro, depango, obcanto, etc.).
    b.
    ă is changed into ĭ in the reduplicated perfect forms: cădo, cecĭdi; căno, cecĭni; tăg-, tango, tetĭgi; păg-, pango, pepĭgi.
    c.
    Likewise in some roots which have ă: păg-, pignus; străg- (strangulo, strangô), stringo.
    d.
    In words taken from the Greek: mêchanê, machĭna; patanê, patĭna; bukanê, bucĭna; trutanê, trutĭna; balaneion, balĭneum; Katana, Catĭna (written also Catana); Akragas, Agrĭgentum.
    4.
    Short a is changed into short or long o.
    a.
    Into ŏ: scăbo, scobs; păr, pars, portio; dăm-, dŏmo; Fabii, Fŏvii (v. Paul. ex Fest. p. 87); marmaron, marmŏr; Mars, redupl. Marmar, Marmor (Carm. Fratr. Arv.).
    b.
    Into ō: dă-, dōnum, dōs; ăc-, ăcuo, ōcior (v. this art.).
    5.
    Short a is changed into ŭ
    a.
    In the second part of compounds, particularly before l, p, and b: calco, inculco; salsus, insulsus; salto, exsulto; capio, occŭpo; răpio, surrupio and surruptus (also written surripio and surreptus); tăberna, contŭbernium; —before other consonants: quătio, conoŭtio; as, decussis; Mars, Mamŭrius, Mamŭralia; and once also condumnari (Tab. Bant. lin. 8, immediately followed by condemnatus, v. Klenze, Philol. Abhandl. tab. I., and Mommsen, Unterital. Dial. p. 149).
    b.
    In words of Greek origin: Hekabê, Hecŭba; skutalê, scutŭla; kraipalê, crapŭla; passalos, pessŭlus; aphlaston, aplustre; thriambos, triumphus.
    c.
    ă is perhaps changed into ŭ in ulciscor, compared with alc-, ulexô (arc-, arceo).
    B.
    Long a is sometimes changed into ē or ō.
    1.
    Into é: hālo, anhélo; fās-, féstus, profēstus; nām, némpe.
    2.
    Into ō: gnā-, gnārus, ignārus, ignōro. (But in general long a remains unchanged in composition: lābor, delūbor; gnàvus, ignūnus; fàma, infūmis.)
    IV.
    Contrary to the mode of changing Greek a into Latin e, i, o, u (v. supra), Latin a has sometimes taken the place of other Greek vowels in words borrowed from the Greek, as: lonchê, lancea; kulix, călix; Ganumêoês, Caiāmitus.
    V.
    The repugnance of the Latin Language to the Greek combined vowels ao has caused the translocation of them in Alumento for Daomeoôn (Paul. ex Fest. p. 18 Müll.).— Greek a is suppressed in Hercules from Hêraklês (probably in consequence of the inserted u; in late Latin we find Heracla and Heracula, cf. Ritschl, in Rhein. Mus. Neue Folge, vol. 12, p. 108).
    VI.
    Latin ă was early combined with the vowels i and u, forming the diphthongs ai and au; by changing the i into e, the diphthong ai soon became ae. So we find in the oldest inscriptions: AIDE, AIDLLIS, AIQVOM, GNAIVOD, HAICE, DVELONAI, TABELAI, DATAI, etc., which soon gave place to aedem, aedilis, aequom, Gnaeo, haec, Bellonae, tabellae, datae, etc. (the Col. Rostr. has PRAESENTE, PRAEDAD, and the S. C. de Bacch. AEDEM. The triphthong aei, found in CONQVAEISIVEI (?), is very rare; Miliar. Popil. lin. 11, v. Ritschl, l. l. p. 21). In some poets the old gen. sing. of the first decl. (- ai) is preserved, but is dissyllabic, āī. So in Ennius: Albūī Longūī, terrūī frugiferāī, frondosāī, lunāī, viāī; in Vergil: aulāī, aurāī, aquāī, pictāī; in Ausonius: herāī.
    B.
    ue as well as au are changed into other vowels.
    1.
    The sound of ae, e, and oe being very similar, these vowels are often interchanged in the best MSS., So we find caerimonia and cerimonia, caepa and cēpa, saeoulum and séculum; scaena and scēna; caelum and coelum, haedus and hoedus, macstus and moestus; cena, coena, and caena, etc.
    2.
    In composition and reduplications ae becomes í: aequus, iníquus; quaero, inquíro; laedo, illído; taedet, pertisum (noticed by Cic.); aestumo, exístumo; cuedo, cecídi, concído, homicida.
    3.
    ae is also changed into í in a Latinized word of Greek origin: Achaios (AchaiWos), Achíous.
    4.
    The diphthong au is often changed to ó and ú (the latter particularly in compounds): caudex, códex; Claudius, Clodius; lautus, lotus; plaustrum, plōstrum; plaudo, plōdo, explōdo; paululum, pōlulum; faux, suffōco; si audes (acc. to Cic. or acc. to others, si audies), sódes, etc.; claudo, inclūdo; causa, accūso. Hence in some words a regular gradation of au, o, u is found: claudo, clōdicare, clúdo; raudus, ródus, rúdus; caupo, cópa, cūpa; naugae, nōgae (both forms in the MSS. of Plautus), nūgae; fraustra, frode, frude (in MSS. of Vergil); cf. Ritschl, in Wintercatalog 1854-55, and O. Ribbeck, in Jahn's Neue Jahrb. vol. 77, p. 181 sq.—The change of au into and ō appears only in audio, (oboedio) obēdio.
    5.
    Au sometimes takes the place of av-: faveo, fautum, favitor, fautor; navis, navita, nauta; avis, auceps, auspex. So Latin aut corresponds to Sanscr. avo. (whence - , Lat. - ve), Osc. avti, Umbr. ute, ote; and so the Lat. preposition ab, through av, becomes au in the words aufero and aufugio (prop. av-fero, av-fugio, for ab-fero, ab-fugio). Vid. the art. ab init.
    VII.
    In primitive roots, which have their kindred forms in the sister-languages of the Latin, the original a, still found in the Sanscrit, is in Latin either preserved or more frequently changed into other vowels.
    A.
    Original a preserved: Sanscr. mātri, Lat. màter; S. bhrātri, L. fràter; S. nāsā, L. nàsus and nàris; S. ap, L. aqua; S. apa, L. ab; S. nāma, L. năm; S. ćatur, [p. 2] L. quattuor (in Greek changed: thettares); S. capūla, L. căput (in Greek changed: kephalê, etc.).
    B.
    Original a is changed into other Latin vowels—
    1.
    Into e: S. ad, L. ed (ĕdo); S. as, L. es (esse); S. pat, L. pet (peto); S. pād, L. pĕd (pès); S. dant, L. dent (dens); S. ǵan, L. gen (gigno); S. , L. mè-tior; S. saptan, L. septem; S. daśan, L. decem; S. śata, L. centum; S. aham, L. ŏgo; S. pāra, L. per; S. paśu, L. pŏcus; S. asva, L. ŏquus, etc.
    2.
    Into i: S. an-, a- (neg. part.), L. in-: S. ana (prep.), L. in; S. antar, L. inter; S. sama, L. similis; S. agni, L. ignis; S. abhra, L. imber; S. panéa, L. quinque, etc.
    3.
    Into o: S. avi, L. ŏvi (ovis); S. vać, L. vōc (voco); S. pra, L. pro; S. , L. po (pŏtum); S. nāma, L. nōmen; S. api, L. ŏb; S. navan, L. nŏvem; S. nava, L. nŏvus, etc.
    4.
    Into u: S. marmara, L. murmur.
    5.
    Into ai, ae: S. prati, L. (prai) prae; S. śaśpa, L. caespes.
    6.
    Into different vowels in the different derivatives: S. , L. mê-tior, mŏdus; S. praó, L. prŏcor, prŏcus; S. vah, L. vĕho, via.
    C.
    Sometimes the Latin has preserved the original a, while even the Sanscrit has changed it: Lat. pa-, pater, Sanscr. pd, pitri.
    2.
    As an abbreviation A. usually denotes the praenomen Aulus; A. A. = Auli duo, Inscr. Orell. 1530 (but A. A. = Aquae Aponi, the modern Abano, ib. 1643 sq.; 2620; 3011). The three directors of the mint were designated by III. VIRI A. A. A. F. F. (i. e. auro, argento, aeri flando, feriundo), ib. 569; 2242; 2379; 3134 al.;

    so also A. A. A.,

    ib. 3441 (cf. Cic. Fam. 7, 13 fin., and v. the art. Triumviri); A. D. A. agris dandis adsignandis, and A. I. A. agris judicandis adsignandis; A. O. amico optimo; A. P. a populo or aediliciae potestatis; A. P. R. aerario populi Romani. —Upon the voting tablets in judicial trials A. denoted absoluo; hence A. is called littera salutaris, Cic. Mil. 6, 15; v. littera. In the Roman Comitia A. (= antiquo) denoted the rejection of the point in question; v. antiquo. In Cicero's Tusculan Disputations the A. designated one of the disputants = adulescens or auditor, opp. to M. for magister or Marcus (Cicero); but it is to be remarked that the letters A and M do not occur in the best MSS. of this treatise; cf. edd. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 9.—In dates A. D. = ante diem; v. ante; A. U. C. = anno urbis conditae; A. P. R. C. anno post Romam conditam.
    3.
    a, prep.=ab, v. ab.
    4.
    ā, interj.=ah, v. ah.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > A

  • 6 a

    1.
    A, a, indecl. n. (sometimes joined with littera), the first letter of the Latin alphabet, corresponding to the a, a of the other Indo-. European languages:

    A primum est: hinc incipiam, et quae nomina ab hoc sunt, Lucil. ap. Terent. Scaur. p. 2255 P.: sus rostro si humi A litteram impresserit,

    Cic. Div. 1, 13, 23:

    ne in A quidem atque S litteras exire temere masculina Graeca nomina recto casu patiebantur,

    Quint. 1, 5, 61.
    II.
    The sound of the A is short or long in every part of the word; as, ăb, păter, ită; ā, māter, frustrā. During a short period (between about 620 and 670 A. U. C. = from 134 to 84 B.C.) long a was written aa, probably first by the poet L. Attius, in the manner of the Oscan language; so we find in Latin inscriptions: AA. CETEREIS (i.e.a ceteris), CALAASI, FAATO, HAACE, MAARCIVM, PAAPVS, PAASTORES, VAARVS; and in Greek writing, MAAPKOPs PsIOS MAAPKEAAOS, KOINTON MAAPKION (like Osc. aasas = Lat. āra, Osc. Paapi = Lat. Pāpius, Osc. Paakul = Lat. Pāculus, Pācullus, Pācuvius, etc.), v. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 28 sq., and cf. Mommsen, Unterital. Dialekte, p. 210 sq. (The Umbrian language has gone a step farther, and written long a by aha, as Aharna, Naharcom, trahaf, etc.; cf. Aufrecht and Kirchhoff, Umbrische Sprachdenkm. p. 76 sq.) Vid. also the letters E and U.
    III.
    In etymological and grammatical formation of words, short a very often (sometimes also long a) is changed into other vowels.
    A.
    Short a is changed,
    1.
    , into long a
    a.
    In consequence of the suppression of the following consonants at the end or in the middle of the word: ŭb, ā; vădis, vūs; ăg-, ăg-men, exāmen; tăg-, contūmino; căd-, cāsus. Hence also in the abl. sing. of the first decl., and in the particles derived from it. in consequence of the suppression of the original ablat. end. - d: PRAEDAD (Col. Rostr.), praedā; SENTENTIAD (S. C. de Bacch.), sententiā; EXTBAD (ib.), extrā; SVPRAD (ib.), suprā. —Hence,
    b.
    In perfect forms: scăb-o, scābi; căveo, cūvi; făv-eo, fāvi; păv-eo, pāvi (for scăbui, căvui, făvui, păvui).
    c.
    In other forms: ăgo, ambūges; păc-, păc-iscor, pâcis (pâx); săg-ax, sūgus, sāga; măc-er, mâcero; făg- (phagein), fūgus. (Contrary to analogy, ă remains short in dănunt, from dă-in-unt, V. Ritschl, l.l.p. 17.)
    2.
    Short a is changed into é or ē—
    a.
    Into é.
    (α).
    Most frequently in the second part of compounds, particularly before two consonants: facio, confectus; jacio, conjectus; rapio, dereptus; dăm-, damno, condemno; fāl-, fallo, fefelli; măn-, mando, commendo; scando, ascendo; ăp-, aptus, ineptus; ăr-, ars, iners, sollers; ăn-, annus, perennis; căpio, auceps; căput, triceps; ăgo, remex; jăcio, objex. And thus in Plautus, according to the best MSS., dispenno, dispessus from pando, compectus from compăciscor, anteceptus from capio (on the other hand, in Vergil, according to the best MS., aspurgo, attractare, deiractare, kept their a unchanged).
    (β).
    Sometimes ă is changed into ĕ also before one consonant (but in this case it is usually changed into ĭ; v. infra, 3. a. a.): grădior, ingrĕdior; pătior, perpĕtior; părio, repĕrio; păro, vitupĕro; ăp-, coepi (i. e. co-ŭpi); căno, tubicĕn, tibicĕn; in the reduplicated carcĕr (from carcar) farfŏrus (written also farfārus); and so, according to the better MSS., aequipĕro from păro, and defĕtigo from fătigo.
    (γ).
    In words taken from the Greek: talanton, talŏntum; phalara, phalŏrae; sisaron, sisŏr (but, according to the best MSS., cumŭra from kamara, not camŏra).
    b.
    Short a is changed to ē in some perfect forms: ăgo, ēgi; fūcio, féci; jăci, jĕci; frag-, frango, frēgi; căpio, cēpi, and păg-, pango, pēgi (together with pepĭgi and panxi, v. pango).
    3.
    Short a is changed to ĭ, a (most frequently in the second part of compounds)
    (α).
    before one consonant: ăgo, abĭgo; făcio, confĭcio; cădo, concĭdo; sălio, assĭlio; răpio, abrĭpio; păter, Juppĭter (in Umbrian lang. unchanged, Jupater), Marspĭter; Diespĭter, Opĭter; rătus, irrĭtus; ămicus, inìmicus (but ŭ remains unchanged in adŭmo, impătiens, and in some compounds of a later period of Roman literature, as praejacio, calefacio, etc.). —
    (β).
    Sometimes also before two consonants (where it is usually changed into ĕ; v. supra, 2. a. b.): tăg-, tango, contingo; păg-, pango, compingo (unchanged in some compounds, as peragro, desacro, depango, obcanto, etc.).
    b.
    ă is changed into ĭ in the reduplicated perfect forms: cădo, cecĭdi; căno, cecĭni; tăg-, tango, tetĭgi; păg-, pango, pepĭgi.
    c.
    Likewise in some roots which have ă: păg-, pignus; străg- (strangulo, strangô), stringo.
    d.
    In words taken from the Greek: mêchanê, machĭna; patanê, patĭna; bukanê, bucĭna; trutanê, trutĭna; balaneion, balĭneum; Katana, Catĭna (written also Catana); Akragas, Agrĭgentum.
    4.
    Short a is changed into short or long o.
    a.
    Into ŏ: scăbo, scobs; păr, pars, portio; dăm-, dŏmo; Fabii, Fŏvii (v. Paul. ex Fest. p. 87); marmaron, marmŏr; Mars, redupl. Marmar, Marmor (Carm. Fratr. Arv.).
    b.
    Into ō: dă-, dōnum, dōs; ăc-, ăcuo, ōcior (v. this art.).
    5.
    Short a is changed into ŭ
    a.
    In the second part of compounds, particularly before l, p, and b: calco, inculco; salsus, insulsus; salto, exsulto; capio, occŭpo; răpio, surrupio and surruptus (also written surripio and surreptus); tăberna, contŭbernium; —before other consonants: quătio, conoŭtio; as, decussis; Mars, Mamŭrius, Mamŭralia; and once also condumnari (Tab. Bant. lin. 8, immediately followed by condemnatus, v. Klenze, Philol. Abhandl. tab. I., and Mommsen, Unterital. Dial. p. 149).
    b.
    In words of Greek origin: Hekabê, Hecŭba; skutalê, scutŭla; kraipalê, crapŭla; passalos, pessŭlus; aphlaston, aplustre; thriambos, triumphus.
    c.
    ă is perhaps changed into ŭ in ulciscor, compared with alc-, ulexô (arc-, arceo).
    B.
    Long a is sometimes changed into ē or ō.
    1.
    Into é: hālo, anhélo; fās-, féstus, profēstus; nām, némpe.
    2.
    Into ō: gnā-, gnārus, ignārus, ignōro. (But in general long a remains unchanged in composition: lābor, delūbor; gnàvus, ignūnus; fàma, infūmis.)
    IV.
    Contrary to the mode of changing Greek a into Latin e, i, o, u (v. supra), Latin a has sometimes taken the place of other Greek vowels in words borrowed from the Greek, as: lonchê, lancea; kulix, călix; Ganumêoês, Caiāmitus.
    V.
    The repugnance of the Latin Language to the Greek combined vowels ao has caused the translocation of them in Alumento for Daomeoôn (Paul. ex Fest. p. 18 Müll.).— Greek a is suppressed in Hercules from Hêraklês (probably in consequence of the inserted u; in late Latin we find Heracla and Heracula, cf. Ritschl, in Rhein. Mus. Neue Folge, vol. 12, p. 108).
    VI.
    Latin ă was early combined with the vowels i and u, forming the diphthongs ai and au; by changing the i into e, the diphthong ai soon became ae. So we find in the oldest inscriptions: AIDE, AIDLLIS, AIQVOM, GNAIVOD, HAICE, DVELONAI, TABELAI, DATAI, etc., which soon gave place to aedem, aedilis, aequom, Gnaeo, haec, Bellonae, tabellae, datae, etc. (the Col. Rostr. has PRAESENTE, PRAEDAD, and the S. C. de Bacch. AEDEM. The triphthong aei, found in CONQVAEISIVEI (?), is very rare; Miliar. Popil. lin. 11, v. Ritschl, l. l. p. 21). In some poets the old gen. sing. of the first decl. (- ai) is preserved, but is dissyllabic, āī. So in Ennius: Albūī Longūī, terrūī frugiferāī, frondosāī, lunāī, viāī; in Vergil: aulāī, aurāī, aquāī, pictāī; in Ausonius: herāī.
    B.
    ue as well as au are changed into other vowels.
    1.
    The sound of ae, e, and oe being very similar, these vowels are often interchanged in the best MSS., So we find caerimonia and cerimonia, caepa and cēpa, saeoulum and séculum; scaena and scēna; caelum and coelum, haedus and hoedus, macstus and moestus; cena, coena, and caena, etc.
    2.
    In composition and reduplications ae becomes í: aequus, iníquus; quaero, inquíro; laedo, illído; taedet, pertisum (noticed by Cic.); aestumo, exístumo; cuedo, cecídi, concído, homicida.
    3.
    ae is also changed into í in a Latinized word of Greek origin: Achaios (AchaiWos), Achíous.
    4.
    The diphthong au is often changed to ó and ú (the latter particularly in compounds): caudex, códex; Claudius, Clodius; lautus, lotus; plaustrum, plōstrum; plaudo, plōdo, explōdo; paululum, pōlulum; faux, suffōco; si audes (acc. to Cic. or acc. to others, si audies), sódes, etc.; claudo, inclūdo; causa, accūso. Hence in some words a regular gradation of au, o, u is found: claudo, clōdicare, clúdo; raudus, ródus, rúdus; caupo, cópa, cūpa; naugae, nōgae (both forms in the MSS. of Plautus), nūgae; fraustra, frode, frude (in MSS. of Vergil); cf. Ritschl, in Wintercatalog 1854-55, and O. Ribbeck, in Jahn's Neue Jahrb. vol. 77, p. 181 sq.—The change of au into and ō appears only in audio, (oboedio) obēdio.
    5.
    Au sometimes takes the place of av-: faveo, fautum, favitor, fautor; navis, navita, nauta; avis, auceps, auspex. So Latin aut corresponds to Sanscr. avo. (whence - , Lat. - ve), Osc. avti, Umbr. ute, ote; and so the Lat. preposition ab, through av, becomes au in the words aufero and aufugio (prop. av-fero, av-fugio, for ab-fero, ab-fugio). Vid. the art. ab init.
    VII.
    In primitive roots, which have their kindred forms in the sister-languages of the Latin, the original a, still found in the Sanscrit, is in Latin either preserved or more frequently changed into other vowels.
    A.
    Original a preserved: Sanscr. mātri, Lat. màter; S. bhrātri, L. fràter; S. nāsā, L. nàsus and nàris; S. ap, L. aqua; S. apa, L. ab; S. nāma, L. năm; S. ćatur, [p. 2] L. quattuor (in Greek changed: thettares); S. capūla, L. căput (in Greek changed: kephalê, etc.).
    B.
    Original a is changed into other Latin vowels—
    1.
    Into e: S. ad, L. ed (ĕdo); S. as, L. es (esse); S. pat, L. pet (peto); S. pād, L. pĕd (pès); S. dant, L. dent (dens); S. ǵan, L. gen (gigno); S. , L. mè-tior; S. saptan, L. septem; S. daśan, L. decem; S. śata, L. centum; S. aham, L. ŏgo; S. pāra, L. per; S. paśu, L. pŏcus; S. asva, L. ŏquus, etc.
    2.
    Into i: S. an-, a- (neg. part.), L. in-: S. ana (prep.), L. in; S. antar, L. inter; S. sama, L. similis; S. agni, L. ignis; S. abhra, L. imber; S. panéa, L. quinque, etc.
    3.
    Into o: S. avi, L. ŏvi (ovis); S. vać, L. vōc (voco); S. pra, L. pro; S. , L. po (pŏtum); S. nāma, L. nōmen; S. api, L. ŏb; S. navan, L. nŏvem; S. nava, L. nŏvus, etc.
    4.
    Into u: S. marmara, L. murmur.
    5.
    Into ai, ae: S. prati, L. (prai) prae; S. śaśpa, L. caespes.
    6.
    Into different vowels in the different derivatives: S. , L. mê-tior, mŏdus; S. praó, L. prŏcor, prŏcus; S. vah, L. vĕho, via.
    C.
    Sometimes the Latin has preserved the original a, while even the Sanscrit has changed it: Lat. pa-, pater, Sanscr. pd, pitri.
    2.
    As an abbreviation A. usually denotes the praenomen Aulus; A. A. = Auli duo, Inscr. Orell. 1530 (but A. A. = Aquae Aponi, the modern Abano, ib. 1643 sq.; 2620; 3011). The three directors of the mint were designated by III. VIRI A. A. A. F. F. (i. e. auro, argento, aeri flando, feriundo), ib. 569; 2242; 2379; 3134 al.;

    so also A. A. A.,

    ib. 3441 (cf. Cic. Fam. 7, 13 fin., and v. the art. Triumviri); A. D. A. agris dandis adsignandis, and A. I. A. agris judicandis adsignandis; A. O. amico optimo; A. P. a populo or aediliciae potestatis; A. P. R. aerario populi Romani. —Upon the voting tablets in judicial trials A. denoted absoluo; hence A. is called littera salutaris, Cic. Mil. 6, 15; v. littera. In the Roman Comitia A. (= antiquo) denoted the rejection of the point in question; v. antiquo. In Cicero's Tusculan Disputations the A. designated one of the disputants = adulescens or auditor, opp. to M. for magister or Marcus (Cicero); but it is to be remarked that the letters A and M do not occur in the best MSS. of this treatise; cf. edd. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 9.—In dates A. D. = ante diem; v. ante; A. U. C. = anno urbis conditae; A. P. R. C. anno post Romam conditam.
    3.
    a, prep.=ab, v. ab.
    4.
    ā, interj.=ah, v. ah.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > a

  • 7 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 8 Pliny the Elder (Gaius Plinius Secundus)

    SUBJECT AREA: Metallurgy
    [br]
    b. c. 23 AD Como, Italy
    d. 25 August 79 AD near Pompeii, Italy
    [br]
    Roman encyclopedic writer on the natural world.
    [br]
    Pliny was well educated in Rome, and for ten years or so followed a military career with which he was able to combine literary work, writing especially on historical subjects. He completed his duties c. 57 AD and concentrated on writing until he resumed his official career in 69 AD with administrative duties. During this last phase he began work on his only extant work, the thirty-seven "books" of his Historia Naturalis (Natural History), each dealing with a broad subject such as astronomy, geography, mineralogy, etc. His last post was the command of the fleet based at Misenum, which came to an end when he sailed too near Vesuvius during the eruption that engulfed Pompeii and he was overcome by the fumes.
    Pliny developed an insatiable curiosity about the natural world. Unlike the Greeks, the Romans made few original contributions to scientific thought and observation, but some made careful compilations of the learning and observations of Greek scholars. The most notable and influential of these was the Historia Naturalis. To the ideas about the natural world gleaned from earlier Greek authors, he added information about natural history, mineral resources, crafts and some technological processes, such as the extraction of metals from their ores, reported to him from the corners of the Empire. He added a few observations of his own, noted during travels on his official duties. Not all the reports were reliable, and the work often presents a tangled web of fact and fable. Gibbon described it as an immense register in which the author has "deposited the discoveries, the arts, and the errors of mankind". Pliny was indefatigable in his relentless note-taking, even dictating to his secretary while dining.
    During the Dark Ages and early Middle Ages in Western Europe, Pliny's Historia Naturalis was the largest known collection of facts about the natural world and was drawn upon freely by a succession of later writers. Its influence survived the influx into Western Europe, from the twelfth century, of translations of the works of Greek and Arab scholars. After the invention of printing in the middle of the fifteenth century, Pliny was the first work on a scientific subject to be printed, in 1469. Many editions followed and it may still be consulted with profit for its insights into technical knowledge and practice in the ancient world.
    [br]
    Bibliography
    The standard Latin text with English translation is that edited by H.Rackham et al.(1942– 63, Loeb Classical Library, London: Heinemann, 10 vols). The French version is by A.
    Ernout et al. (1947–, Belles Lettres, Paris).
    Further Reading
    The editions mentioned above include useful biographical and other details. For special aspects of Pliny, see K.C.Bailey, 1929–32, The Elder Pliny's Chapters on Chemical Subjects, London, 2 vols.
    LRD

    Biographical history of technology > Pliny the Elder (Gaius Plinius Secundus)

  • 9 ab

    ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:

    AF VOBEIS,

    Inscr. Orell. 3114;

    AF MVRO,

    ib. 6601;

    AF CAPVA,

    ib. 3308;

    AF SOLO,

    ib. 589;

    AF LYCO,

    ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):

    abs chorago,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):

    abs quivis,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:

    abs terra,

    Cato, R. R. 51;

    and in compounds: aps-cessero,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;

    and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,

    id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
    I.
    In space, and,
    II.
    Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
    I.
    Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):

    Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    fuga ab urbe turpissima,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21:

    ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,

    Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:

    illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,

    all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:

    venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
    b.
    Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:

    oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:

    quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:

    ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:

    protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 2:

    profecti a domo,

    Liv. 40, 33, 2;

    of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:

    classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,

    Liv. 8, 22, 6;

    of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,

    Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:

    legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,

    id. 24, 40, 2.
    c.
    Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):

    Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:

    libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,

    id. Att. 7, 24:

    cum a vobis discessero,

    id. Sen. 22:

    multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:

    so a fratre,

    id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:

    a Pontio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:

    ab ea,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
    B.
    Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
    1.
    Of separation:

    ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:

    abesse a domo paulisper maluit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:

    tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,

    Sall. C. 40, 5:

    absint lacerti ab stabulis,

    Verg. G. 4, 14.—
    2.
    Of distance:

    quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:

    nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,

    id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:

    hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:

    terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:

    non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):

    cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,

    Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:

    qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:

    quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:

    procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:

    tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;

    v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:

    tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,

    id. Pis. 11, 26; and:

    tam prope ab domo detineri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:

    onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,

    eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:

    duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,

    id. 37, 38, 5). —
    3.
    To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:

    picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:

    pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,

    on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:

    non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,

    at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:

    erat a septentrionibus collis,

    on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    In time.
    1.
    From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:

    Exul ab octava Marius bibit,

    Juv. 1,40:

    mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,

    immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:

    Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    ab hac contione legati missi sunt,

    immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:

    ab eo magistratu,

    after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:

    a summa spe novissima exspectabat,

    after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:

    ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:

    confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,

    Liv. 30, 36, 1:

    statim a funere,

    Suet. Caes. 85;

    and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,

    id. ib. 60:

    protinus ab adoptione,

    Vell. 2, 104, 3:

    Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,

    soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—

    Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,

    i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:

    secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,

    i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
    2.
    With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:

    ab hora tertia bibebatur,

    from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:

    infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,

    since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:

    vixit ab omni aeternitate,

    from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,

    Nep. Att. 5, 3:

    in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,

    after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:

    centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,

    since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:

    cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,

    id. Sen. 6, 19; and:

    ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,

    since, Sall. C. 47, 2:

    diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:

    quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,

    since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:

    jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,

    from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:

    cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:

    a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,

    Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:

    pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,

    from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
    b.
    Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:

    qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,

    from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:

    mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,

    a pueritia,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:

    jam inde ab adulescentia,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:

    ab adulescentia,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1:

    jam a prima adulescentia,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ab ineunte adulescentia,

    id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.

    followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:

    a primis temporibus aetatis,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    a teneris unguiculis,

    from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:

    usque a toga pura,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 5:

    jam inde ab incunabulis,

    Liv. 4, 36, 5:

    a prima lanugine,

    Suet. Oth. 12:

    viridi ab aevo,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;

    rarely of animals: ab infantia,

    Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:

    qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,

    a pausillo puero,

    id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:

    a puero,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:

    a pueris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:

    ab adulescente,

    id. Quint. 3, 12:

    ab infante,

    Col. 1, 8, 2:

    a parva virgine,

    Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:

    a parvis,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    a parvulo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:

    ab parvulis,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:

    ab tenero,

    Col. 5, 6, 20;

    and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
    B.
    In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
    1.
    In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:

    qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    hic ab artificio suo non recessit,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:

    quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:

    condicionem quam ab te peto,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:

    mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:

    si quid ab illo acceperis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:

    quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:

    ab defensione desistere,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:

    ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,

    id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:

    ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):

    qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,

    the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:

    tu nunc eris alter ab illo,

    next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:

    Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,

    next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:

    quid hoc ab illo differt,

    from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:

    hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,

    id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:

    discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,

    id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):

    quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7:

    alieno a te animo fuit,

    id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):

    subdole ab re consulit,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:

    haut est ab re aucupis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:

    non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,

    Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 1:

    ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    disputata ab eo,

    id. ib. 1, 4 al.:

    illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,

    id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:

    ita generati a natura sumus,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:

    pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,

    Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:

    niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:

    quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,

    is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:

    salvebis a meo Cicerone,

    i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:

    a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,

    i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:

    ne vir ab hoste cadat,

    Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):

    levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:

    a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 19:

    si calor est a sole,

    id. N. D. 2, 52:

    ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),

    id. Att. 16, 7, 5:

    metu poenae a Romanis,

    Liv. 32, 23, 9:

    bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,

    id. 3, 22, 2:

    ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,

    id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:

    lassus ab equo indomito,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:

    Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,

    Prop. 5, 1, 126:

    tempus a nostris triste malis,

    time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:

    vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?

    by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,

    ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),

    Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:

    si postulatur a populo,

    if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:

    deseror conjuge,

    Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;

    and in prose,

    Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:

    ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:

    (urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
    b.
    With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:

    pastores a Pergamide,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:

    Turnus ab Aricia,

    Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):

    obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,

    Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
    c.
    In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:

    (sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,

    id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
    d.
    With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:

    da, puere, ab summo,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,

    da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:

    coepere a fame mala,

    Liv. 4, 12, 7:

    cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,

    tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:

    a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
    e.
    With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:

    a foliis et stercore purgato,

    Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:

    tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:

    Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,

    Liv. 21, 11, 5:

    expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):

    ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,

    Sall. C. 32:

    ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,

    Liv. 21, 35, 12:

    ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,

    Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
    f.
    With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:

    el metul a Chryside,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:

    ab Hannibale metuens,

    Liv. 23, 36; and:

    metus a praetore,

    id. 23, 15, 7;

    v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 59:

    postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,

    you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
    g.
    With verbs of fastening and holding:

    funiculus a puppi religatus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:

    cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
    h.
    Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:

    a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,

    Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
    i.
    Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):

    id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
    j.
    Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:

    doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:

    a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:

    a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,

    a frigore laborantibus,

    Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:

    laborare ab re frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
    k.
    Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:

    ab ingenio improbus,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:

    a me pudica'st,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:

    orba ab optimatibus contio,

    Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):

    locus copiosus a frumento,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:

    sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,

    id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:

    ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,

    id. Brut. 16, 63:

    ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,

    Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;

    so often in poets ab arte=arte,

    artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
    l.
    In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:

    linguam ab irrisu exserentem,

    thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:

    ab honore,

    id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
    m.
    Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:

    ab illo injuria,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:

    fulgor ab auro,

    Lucr. 2, 5:

    dulces a fontibus undae,

    Verg. G. 2, 243.
    n.
    In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:

    scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    nonnuill ab novissimis,

    id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
    o.
    In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:

    qui sunt ab ea disciplina,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:

    ab eo qui sunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:

    nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,

    id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
    p.
    To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;

    in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,

    one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,

    a manu servus,

    a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
    q.
    The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:

    a peregre,

    Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:

    a foris,

    Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:

    ab intus,

    ib. ib. 7, 15:

    ab invicem,

    App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:

    a longe,

    Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:

    a modo,

    ib. ib. 23, 39;

    Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,

    Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:

    a sursum,

    ib. Marc. 15, 38.
    a.
    Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:

    Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,

    Cic. Pis. 37, 91:

    a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?

    id. Sen. 6:

    a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?

    id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:

    res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
    b.
    Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
    c.
    It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:

    a vitae periculo,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 313:

    a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,

    id. Arch. 6, 12:

    a minus bono,

    Sall. C. 2, 6:

    a satis miti principio,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4:

    damnis dives ab ipsa suis,

    Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
    d.
    The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):

    aque Chao,

    Verg. G. 4, 347:

    aque mero,

    Ov. M. 3, 631:

    aque viro,

    id. H. 6, 156:

    aque suis,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:

    a meque,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:

    abs teque,

    id. Att. 3, 15, 4:

    a teque,

    id. ib. 8, 11, §

    7: a primaque adulescentia,

    id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
    e.
    A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
    III.
    In composition ab,
    1.
    Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
    2.
    It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab

  • 10 D

    D, d (n. indecl., sometimes f. sc. littera), the flat dental mute, corresponding in character and sound to the English d and the Greek D, was the fourth letter of the Latin alphabet, and was called de: Ter. Maur. p. 2385 P., Auson. Idyll. 12, de Litt. Monos. 14. But at the end of a syllable, or after another consonant, its sound was sharpened, so that the grammarians often discuss the question whether d or t should be written, especially in conjunctions and prepositions. Illa quoque servata est a multis differentia, ut ad cum esset praepositio, d litteram, cum autem conjunctio, t acciperet (Quint. 1, 7, 5; cf. id. 1, 4, 16). Hence we may infer that some disputed this distinction, and that the sounds of ad and at must at least have been very similar (cf. also Terent. Scaur. p. 2250, Vel. Long. p. 2230 sq., Cassiod. p. 2287, 2291). Thus also aput, it, quit, quot, aliut, set, haut are found for apud, id, quid, quod, aliud, sed, haud. It would appear from the remarks of these authors that the last two words in particular, having a proclitic character, while they distinctly retained the d sound before an initial vowel in the following word, were pronounced before a consonant almost as set, haut (Mar. Vict. p. 2462 P., Vel. Long. l. l. v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.). The use of t for d in the middle of a word, as Alexenter for Alexander, atnato for adnato, is very rare (cf. Wordsworth, Fragm. p. 486 sq.). On the other hand, the use of d for t, which sometimes appears in MSS. and inscrr., as ed, capud, essed, inquid (all of which occur in the Cod. palimps. of Cic. Rep.), adque, quodannis, sicud, etc., fecid, reliquid, etc. (all in inscriptions after the Augustan period), is to be ascribed to a later phonetic softening (cf. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.).
    II.
    As an initial, the letter d, in pure Latin words, suffers only a vowel after it; the single consonantal compound dr being found only in borrowed words, such as drama, Drusus, Druidae, etc., and in the two onomatopees drenso and drindio. Accordingly, the d of the initial dv, from du, was rejected, and the remaining v either retained unaltered (as in v iginti for du iginti; cf. triginta) or changed into b (as in b ellum, b is, b onus, for du ellum, du is, du onus; v. those words and the letter B). So too in and after the 4th century A.D., di before vowels was pronounced like j (cf. J ovis for Dj ovis, and J anus for Di anus); and hence, as the Greek di ( di) passed into dz, i. e. z (as in z a for d ia, and z eta for di aeta), we sometimes find the same name written in two or three ways, as Diabolenus, Jabolenus, Zabolenus; Jadera, Diadora, Zara. In many Greek words, however, which originally began with a y sound, d was prefixed by an instinctive effort to avoid a disagreeable utterance, just as in English the initial j has regularly assumed the sound of dj: thus Gr. zugon, i. e. diugon = L. jugum; and in such cases the d sound has been prefixed in Greek, not lost in Latin and other languages (v. Curt. Griech. Etym. p. 608 sq.).b. As a medial, d before most consonants undergoes assimilation; v. ad, no. II.; assum, init., and cf. iccirco, quippiam, quicquam, for idcirco, quidpiam, quidquam; and in contractions like cette from cedite, pelluviae from pediluviae, sella from sedela. In contractions, however, the d is sometimes dropped and a compensation effected by lengthening the preceding vowel, as scāla for scand-la. D before endings which begin with s was suppressed, as pes from ped-s, lapis from lapid-s, frons from frond-s, rasi from radsi, risi from rid-si, lusi from lud-si, clausi from claud-si; but in the second and third roots of cedo, and in the third roots of some other verbs, d is assimilated, as cessi, cessum, fossum, etc. D is also omitted before s in composition when another consonant follows the s, as ascendo, aspicio, asto, astringo, and so also before the nasal gn in agnatus, agnitus, and agnosco, from gnatus, etc.: but in other combinations it is assimilated, as assentio, acclamo, accresco; affligo, affrico; agglomero, aggrego; applico, approbo, etc. In tentum, from tendo, d is dropped to avoid the combination ndt or ntt, since euphony forbids a consonant to be doubled after another.g. Final d stood only in ad, apud, sed, and in the neuter pronouns quid, quod, illud, istud, and aliud, anciently alid. Otherwise, the ending d was considered barbarous, Prisc. p. 686 P.
    III.
    The letter d represents regularly an original Indo-Germanic d, in Greek d, but which in German becomes z, in Gothic t, and in Anglo-Saxon t: cf. Gr. hêdomai, Sanscr. svad, Germ. süss, Angl.-Sax. svēte (sweet), with Lat. suadeo; domare with Gr. damaô, Germ. zähmen, Eng. tame; domus with demô, timber, O. H. Germ. zimber; duo with duô, zwei, two. But it is also interchanged with other sounds, and thus sometimes represents—
    1.
    An original t: mendax from mentior; quadraginta, quadra, etc., from quatuor.—
    2.
    An original r: ar and ad; apur or apor and apud; meridies and medidies, audio and auris; cf. arbiter, from ad-beto; arcesso for ad-cesso.—
    3.
    An original l: adeps, Gr. aleipha; dacrima and lacrima, dingua and lingua; cf. on the contrary, olere for odere, consilium and considere, Ulixes from Odusseus (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 223).—
    4.
    An original s: Claudius, from the Sabine Clausus, medius and misos; and, on the contrary, rosa and rhodon. —
    5.
    A Greek th: fides, pistis; gaudere, gêtheô; vad-i-monium (from va-d-s, vadis), aethlon.
    IV.
    In the oldest period of the language d was the ending of the ablat. sing. and of the adverbs which were originally ablatives (cf. Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excur. I.; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. Prol. 10): pu CNANDO, MARID, DICTATORED, IN ALTOD MARID, NAVALED PRAEDAD on the Col. Rostr.; DE SENATVOS SENTENTIAD (thrice) IN OQVOLTOD, IN POPLICOD, IN PREIVATOD, IN COVENTIONID, and the adverbs SVPRAD SCRIPTVM EST (thrice), EXSTRAD QVAM SEI, and even EXSTRAD VRBEM, in S. C. de Bacch. So intra-d, ultra-d, citra-d, contra-d, infra-d, supra-d; contro-d, intro-d, etc.; and probably interea-d, postea-d. Here too belongs, no doubt, the adverb FACILVMED, found in the last-mentioned inscription. But this use of the d became antiquated during the 3d century B.C., and is not found at all in any inscription after 186 B. C. Plautus seems to have used or omitted it at will (Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excurs. p. 18: Corss. Ausspr. 1, 197; 2, 1008).
    2.
    D final was also anciently found—
    a.
    In the accus. sing. of the personal pronouns med, ted, sed: INTER SED CONIOVRASE and INTER SED DEDISE, for inter se conjuravisse and inter se dedisse, in the S. C. de Bacch. This usage was retained, at least as a license of verse, when the next word began with a vowel, even in the time of Plautus. But in the classic period this d no longer appears. —
    b.
    In the imperative mood;

    as estod,

    Fest. p. 230. The Oscan language retained this ending (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 206).—
    c.
    In the preposition se-, originally identical with the conjunction sed (it is retained in the compound seditio); also in red-, prod-, antid-, postid-, etc. ( redire, prodire, etc.); and in these words, too, it is a remnant of the ancient characteristic of the ablative (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 200 sq.; Roby, Lat. Gr. 1, 49).
    V.
    As an abbreviation, D usually stands for the praenomen Decimus; also for Deus, Divus, Dominus, Decurio, etc.; over epitaphs, D. M. = Diis Manibus; over temple inscriptions, D. O. M. = Deo Optimo Maxumo; in the titles of the later emperors, D. N. = Dominus Noster, and DD. NN. = Domini Nostri. Before dates of letters, D signified dabam, and also dies; hence, a. d. = ante diem; in offerings to the gods, D. D. = dono or donum dedit; D. D. D. = dat, dicat, dedicat, etc. Cf. Orell. Inscr. II. p. 457 sq.
    The Romans denoted the number 500 by D; but the character was then regarded, not as a letter, but as half of the original Tuscan numeral (or CI[C ]) for 1000.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > D

  • 11 d

    D, d (n. indecl., sometimes f. sc. littera), the flat dental mute, corresponding in character and sound to the English d and the Greek D, was the fourth letter of the Latin alphabet, and was called de: Ter. Maur. p. 2385 P., Auson. Idyll. 12, de Litt. Monos. 14. But at the end of a syllable, or after another consonant, its sound was sharpened, so that the grammarians often discuss the question whether d or t should be written, especially in conjunctions and prepositions. Illa quoque servata est a multis differentia, ut ad cum esset praepositio, d litteram, cum autem conjunctio, t acciperet (Quint. 1, 7, 5; cf. id. 1, 4, 16). Hence we may infer that some disputed this distinction, and that the sounds of ad and at must at least have been very similar (cf. also Terent. Scaur. p. 2250, Vel. Long. p. 2230 sq., Cassiod. p. 2287, 2291). Thus also aput, it, quit, quot, aliut, set, haut are found for apud, id, quid, quod, aliud, sed, haud. It would appear from the remarks of these authors that the last two words in particular, having a proclitic character, while they distinctly retained the d sound before an initial vowel in the following word, were pronounced before a consonant almost as set, haut (Mar. Vict. p. 2462 P., Vel. Long. l. l. v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.). The use of t for d in the middle of a word, as Alexenter for Alexander, atnato for adnato, is very rare (cf. Wordsworth, Fragm. p. 486 sq.). On the other hand, the use of d for t, which sometimes appears in MSS. and inscrr., as ed, capud, essed, inquid (all of which occur in the Cod. palimps. of Cic. Rep.), adque, quodannis, sicud, etc., fecid, reliquid, etc. (all in inscriptions after the Augustan period), is to be ascribed to a later phonetic softening (cf. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.).
    II.
    As an initial, the letter d, in pure Latin words, suffers only a vowel after it; the single consonantal compound dr being found only in borrowed words, such as drama, Drusus, Druidae, etc., and in the two onomatopees drenso and drindio. Accordingly, the d of the initial dv, from du, was rejected, and the remaining v either retained unaltered (as in v iginti for du iginti; cf. triginta) or changed into b (as in b ellum, b is, b onus, for du ellum, du is, du onus; v. those words and the letter B). So too in and after the 4th century A.D., di before vowels was pronounced like j (cf. J ovis for Dj ovis, and J anus for Di anus); and hence, as the Greek di ( di) passed into dz, i. e. z (as in z a for d ia, and z eta for di aeta), we sometimes find the same name written in two or three ways, as Diabolenus, Jabolenus, Zabolenus; Jadera, Diadora, Zara. In many Greek words, however, which originally began with a y sound, d was prefixed by an instinctive effort to avoid a disagreeable utterance, just as in English the initial j has regularly assumed the sound of dj: thus Gr. zugon, i. e. diugon = L. jugum; and in such cases the d sound has been prefixed in Greek, not lost in Latin and other languages (v. Curt. Griech. Etym. p. 608 sq.).b. As a medial, d before most consonants undergoes assimilation; v. ad, no. II.; assum, init., and cf. iccirco, quippiam, quicquam, for idcirco, quidpiam, quidquam; and in contractions like cette from cedite, pelluviae from pediluviae, sella from sedela. In contractions, however, the d is sometimes dropped and a compensation effected by lengthening the preceding vowel, as scāla for scand-la. D before endings which begin with s was suppressed, as pes from ped-s, lapis from lapid-s, frons from frond-s, rasi from radsi, risi from rid-si, lusi from lud-si, clausi from claud-si; but in the second and third roots of cedo, and in the third roots of some other verbs, d is assimilated, as cessi, cessum, fossum, etc. D is also omitted before s in composition when another consonant follows the s, as ascendo, aspicio, asto, astringo, and so also before the nasal gn in agnatus, agnitus, and agnosco, from gnatus, etc.: but in other combinations it is assimilated, as assentio, acclamo, accresco; affligo, affrico; agglomero, aggrego; applico, approbo, etc. In tentum, from tendo, d is dropped to avoid the combination ndt or ntt, since euphony forbids a consonant to be doubled after another.g. Final d stood only in ad, apud, sed, and in the neuter pronouns quid, quod, illud, istud, and aliud, anciently alid. Otherwise, the ending d was considered barbarous, Prisc. p. 686 P.
    III.
    The letter d represents regularly an original Indo-Germanic d, in Greek d, but which in German becomes z, in Gothic t, and in Anglo-Saxon t: cf. Gr. hêdomai, Sanscr. svad, Germ. süss, Angl.-Sax. svēte (sweet), with Lat. suadeo; domare with Gr. damaô, Germ. zähmen, Eng. tame; domus with demô, timber, O. H. Germ. zimber; duo with duô, zwei, two. But it is also interchanged with other sounds, and thus sometimes represents—
    1.
    An original t: mendax from mentior; quadraginta, quadra, etc., from quatuor.—
    2.
    An original r: ar and ad; apur or apor and apud; meridies and medidies, audio and auris; cf. arbiter, from ad-beto; arcesso for ad-cesso.—
    3.
    An original l: adeps, Gr. aleipha; dacrima and lacrima, dingua and lingua; cf. on the contrary, olere for odere, consilium and considere, Ulixes from Odusseus (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 223).—
    4.
    An original s: Claudius, from the Sabine Clausus, medius and misos; and, on the contrary, rosa and rhodon. —
    5.
    A Greek th: fides, pistis; gaudere, gêtheô; vad-i-monium (from va-d-s, vadis), aethlon.
    IV.
    In the oldest period of the language d was the ending of the ablat. sing. and of the adverbs which were originally ablatives (cf. Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excur. I.; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. Prol. 10): pu CNANDO, MARID, DICTATORED, IN ALTOD MARID, NAVALED PRAEDAD on the Col. Rostr.; DE SENATVOS SENTENTIAD (thrice) IN OQVOLTOD, IN POPLICOD, IN PREIVATOD, IN COVENTIONID, and the adverbs SVPRAD SCRIPTVM EST (thrice), EXSTRAD QVAM SEI, and even EXSTRAD VRBEM, in S. C. de Bacch. So intra-d, ultra-d, citra-d, contra-d, infra-d, supra-d; contro-d, intro-d, etc.; and probably interea-d, postea-d. Here too belongs, no doubt, the adverb FACILVMED, found in the last-mentioned inscription. But this use of the d became antiquated during the 3d century B.C., and is not found at all in any inscription after 186 B. C. Plautus seems to have used or omitted it at will (Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excurs. p. 18: Corss. Ausspr. 1, 197; 2, 1008).
    2.
    D final was also anciently found—
    a.
    In the accus. sing. of the personal pronouns med, ted, sed: INTER SED CONIOVRASE and INTER SED DEDISE, for inter se conjuravisse and inter se dedisse, in the S. C. de Bacch. This usage was retained, at least as a license of verse, when the next word began with a vowel, even in the time of Plautus. But in the classic period this d no longer appears. —
    b.
    In the imperative mood;

    as estod,

    Fest. p. 230. The Oscan language retained this ending (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 206).—
    c.
    In the preposition se-, originally identical with the conjunction sed (it is retained in the compound seditio); also in red-, prod-, antid-, postid-, etc. ( redire, prodire, etc.); and in these words, too, it is a remnant of the ancient characteristic of the ablative (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 200 sq.; Roby, Lat. Gr. 1, 49).
    V.
    As an abbreviation, D usually stands for the praenomen Decimus; also for Deus, Divus, Dominus, Decurio, etc.; over epitaphs, D. M. = Diis Manibus; over temple inscriptions, D. O. M. = Deo Optimo Maxumo; in the titles of the later emperors, D. N. = Dominus Noster, and DD. NN. = Domini Nostri. Before dates of letters, D signified dabam, and also dies; hence, a. d. = ante diem; in offerings to the gods, D. D. = dono or donum dedit; D. D. D. = dat, dicat, dedicat, etc. Cf. Orell. Inscr. II. p. 457 sq.
    The Romans denoted the number 500 by D; but the character was then regarded, not as a letter, but as half of the original Tuscan numeral (or CI[C ]) for 1000.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > d

  • 12 turn

    1. I
    1) we all turned мы все повернулись [кругом]; he turned and went away in a rage он повернулся и в гневе пошел прочь; it is time for us to turn нам пора повернуть назад /пойти обратно/; he did not know which way /where/ то turn a) он не знал, куда повернуться; б) он не знал, к кому обратиться; the river turns and twists речка извивается /петляет/; the tide has turned начинается отлив или прилив; the wind is turning ветер меняется /меняет направление/; the weather has turned погода изменилась; I fear my luck will turn боюсь, мне изменит счастье /мне перестанет везти/
    2) the wheels turned колеса вертелись; the ball turns крутится шар; the merry-go-round turned карусель вертелась /вращалась/; this key is hard to turn этот ключ трудно повернуть; the tap won't turn кран не поворачивается
    3) my head is turning у меня кружится голова; heights always make his head turn высота всегда вызывает у него головокружение
    4) the leaves are beginning to turn листья начинают желтеть; her hair has begun to turn она начала седеть
    5) the milk has turned молоко прокисло
    6) the edge of the knife had turned лезвие ножа затупилось
    2. II
    1) turn in some manner turn abruptly (reluctantly, instinctively, wearily, insolently, etc.) резко и т.д. повернуть (ся) или свернуть; somewhere turn this way (that way, left, around, etc.) повернуть(ся) в эту сторону и т.д.; the main road turns sharp right шоссе круто уходит направо; turn homewards (west, etc.) направляться домой и т.д.; let's turn back давайте вернемся [назад]; she turned aside and began to sob она отвернулась и начала всхлипывать; turn round and let me see your face повернись и дай мне посмотреть тебе в лице; he turned round and round он все время поворачивался /крутился/; turn at tome time it is time to turn now теперь нам пора возвращаться /поворачивать назад/
    2) turn in some manner the boat (the car, the cart, etc.) turned over лодка и т.д. перевернулась; the aircraft struck the ground and turned over and over самолет врезался в землю и несколько раз перевернулся; turn head over heels перекувырнуться; the boat turned upside down лодка перевернулась /опрокинулась вверх дном/; my umbrella (my pocket, etc.) turned inside out у меня вывернулся зонтик и т.д.; the whole world turned topsy-turvy весь мир перевернулся, все в мире перевернулось
    3) turn in some manner the key (the handle, the tap, etc.) turns easily ключ и т.д. легко поворачивается
    4) turn in some manner the dancer turned quickly (awkwardly, gracefully. etc.) танцовщица быстро и т.д. кружилась
    5) turn in some manner the metal (the wood, this material, etc.) turns well (easily, quickly, etc.) этот металл и т.д. хорошо и т.д. поддается обточке
    3. III
    1) turn smb., smth. turn one's horse (one's car, the carriage, etc.) повернуть лошадь и т.д. обратно /назад/; she turned her steps она повернула назад; turn one's head обернуться, повернуть голову; turn the course of a river (the tide of events, etc.) изменить течение реки и т.д.; turn the conversation изменить тему разговора, повернуть беседу в другое русло; turn the corner а) поворачивать за угол; the саг turned the corner машина завернула за угол; б) выходить из затруднительного положения; once he has made up his mind, nothing will turn him если он что-нибудь решил, ничто не заставит его изменить своего решения
    2) turn smth. turn a page of a book (pancakes, an omelette, etc.) переворачивать страницу книги и т.д.; turn hay ворошить сено; turn soil пахать; turn a bed перетряхивать постель; turn a sheet отогнуть простыню; turn a garment (a dress, a suit, a coat, a cape, a collar, etc.) перелицовывать одежду и т.д.; turn a complete circle (a half-circle, 16 points, etc.) делать полный оборот и т.д.; turn a somersault делать сальто, кувыркаться || turn one's ankle вывихнуть /подвернуть/ ногу; turn smb.'s brain сводить кого-л. с ума; grief (overwork, etc.) has turned his brain от горя и т.д. он сошел с ума
    3) turn smth. turn a wheel вращать колесо; turn a handle крутить ручку; turn a key (the cap of a jar, the tap, the doorknob, etc.) поворачивать ключ и т.д.
    4) || turn smb.'s head вскружить кому-л. голову; success had not turned his head от успеха голова у него не закружилась; turn smb.'s stomach вызывать у кого-л. тошноту; the mere sight of food turns his stomach его воротит /мутит, тошнит/ от одного вида пищи; I'm afraid the rolling of the ship will turn my stomach боюсь, что качка на корабле вызовет у меня тошноту
    5) turn smb. turn an excellent husband (a soldier, a schoolmaster, a reporter, a poet, a Christian, etc.) стать [со временем] прекрасным мужем и т.д.; turn traitor (informer, etc.) стать предателем и т.д.
    6) || turn some colour стать какого-л. цвета, принять какую-л. окраску; turn all the colours of the rainbow окраситься во все цвета радуги; he turned colour он покраснел или побледнел
    7) turn smth. turn milk (cream) сквашивать молоко (сливки); heat has turned the milk от жары молоко скисло
    9) turn smth. turn a blow отводить удар; the metal is thick enough to turn a bullet металл достаточно прочен, чтобы пуля от него отскочила /его не пробила/
    10) turn smth. turn candlesticks (wooden vessels, brass, lead pipes, columns, etc.) вытачивать /обтачивать/ подсвечники и т.д.
    11) turn smth. turn an epigram (a couplet, a witty reply, etc.) сочинить эпиграмму и т.д.; turn a pretty compliment сделать тонкий комплимент; he has a knack for turning a phrase он очень ловко жонглирует словами; I don't know how he managed to turn the trick я не знаю, как ему удалось провернуть это дельце
    12) turn smth. turn the edge of a knife (the edge of an axe, etc.) затупить лезвие ножа и т.д.
    4. IV
    1) turn smth., smb. somewhere turn one's саг (the horse, the carriage, one's steps, etc.) back (homewards, northwards, etc.) повернуть машину и т.д. назад и т.д.; turn your eyes /your look/ this way посмотри сюда; turn smth. in some manner turn your chair so that the light is on your left поверните стул так, чтобы свет падал слева; turn the corner at full speed поворачивать за угол на полном ходу
    2) turn smth., smb. in some manner turn the pages of a book (of a magazine, etc.) thoughtlessly (absent-mindedly, idly, quickly, etc.) бездумно и т.д. переворачивать страницы книги /перелистывать книгу/ и т.Л; turn some old letters nostalgically с грустью перебирать старью письма; turn a patient (a body, etc,) easily легко перевернуть больного и т.д.; the doctor turned him over and looked at his back врач перевернул его и осмотрел его спину; turn the boy around, I want to sound him поверий мальчика, я его выслушаю; turn the handle three times (the tap one notch, etc.) повернуть ручку три раза и т.д.; turn one's pockets (a coat, one's glove, etc.) inside out выворачивать карманы и т.д. [наизнанку]; turn the boat (the pail, etc.) upside down опрокидывать лодку и т.д. вверх дном; don't turn this box upside down этот ящик нельзя кантовать; turn a room upside down перевернуть все в комнате вверх дном || turn one's ankle unexpectedly (suddenly, etc.) неожиданно и т.д. подвернуть ногу; I turned my ankle painfully я подвернул ногу и мне очень больно
    3) turn smth. in some manner you are turning my words around ты передергиваешь мои слова
    4) turn some age at some time she has not yet turned 40 ей еще нет сорока; his son just turned 4 его сыну как раз исполнилось четыре года; it has just turned two сейчас ровно два часа
    5) turn smth. somewhere turn aside a blow отвести удар
    6) turn smth. at some time I could turn a Latin verse in my day в свое время я писал стихи на латыни
    5. VI
    turn smth., smb. into some [other] state
    1) turn the light low уменьшить свет; the lamp low подвернуть лампу; fear turned him cowardly страх сделал его трусом; what turned the milk bad /sour/? от чего скисло молоко; his behaviour turns me sick от его поведения меня всего переворачивает
    2) turn a bird (prisoners, the animals, an arrow, etc.) loose выпустить птичку и т.д. на свободу; why don't you turn them free? почему ты не отпустишь их?
    3) turn the leaves red (yellow, etc.) окрашивать листья багрянцем и т.д.; the very thought turned me pale одна мысль об этом заставила меня побледнеть, я побледнел при одной мысли об этом; illness (worry, etc.) turned his hair white /grey/ он поседел от болезни и т.д.; the success of others turns him green with envy он зеленеет от зависти, когда слышит об успехах других
    6. XI
    1) be turned out of some place be turned out of the country (out of the house, etc.) быть высланным /водворенным/ из страны и т.д.; he was turned out of the hall for making too much noise его вывели /выгнали/ из зала за то, что он очень шумел; be turned from smth. he was turned from the door его прогнали от дверей
    2) be turned to for smth. this book may be turned to for accurate information (for answers, for clues, etc,) в этой книге можно найти точные сведения и т.д.
    3) be turned the dress (the suit, etc.) must be turned платье и т.д. надо перелицевать
    4) be turned by smth. be turned by steam приводиться в движение паром; be turned by gas вращаться при помощи газа; the mill wheel is being turned by water-power (by electricity, etc.) мельничное колесо приводится в движение /вращается/ силой воды и т.д.
    5) be turned (in)to smth. the drawing-room (the nursery, etc.) was turned into a study гостиная и т.д. была превращена в кабинет, из гостиной и т.д. сделали кабинет; his love was turned to hatred его любовь перешла в ненависть; it was formerly thought that common metals could be turned into gold раньше думали, что обычные металлы можно превратить в золото
    7. XII
    have smth. turned have one's coat (one's dress, etc.) turned отдать пальто и т.д. в перелицовку
    8. XIII
    turn to do smth. turn to look behind (to say smth., to pass the book to me, etc.) повернуться, чтобы посмотреть назад и т.д.
    9. XV
    turn into some state turn pale побледнеть: the leaves are beginning to turn yellow листья начинают желтеть; turn blue with cold посинеть от холода; turn green with envy позеленеть от зависти; her hair was said to have turned grey in one night говорили, что она поседела за одну ночь; this ink turns black on drying эти чернила становятся черными, когда высыхают; turn cold /colder/ холодать; the weather turned rainy (bad, stormy, etc.) погода стала дождливой и т.д.; whenever I come he turns sulky всегда, когда я прихожу, он начинает дуться; don't leave the milk on the table, it'll turn sour не оставляй молоко на столе, оно скиснет
    10. XVI
    1) turn to (off, towards, into, etc.) smth., smb. turn to the window (to the left, to the right, towards me, towards the sea, for home, etc.) повернуться к окну и т.Л; turn off the highway сворачивать с шоссе; the road turns to the north here здесь дорога уходит на север; the boat turned to windward лодка развернулась по ветру; he turned towards home он направился домой; turn into a wide road (into an alley, into the next street, etc.) свернуть на широкое шоссе и т.д.; they turned from the road into the woods они повернули с дороги в лес; turn at (in, on, etc.) smth. turn at the corner завернуть за угол, поворачивать на углу; turn in bed (in one's sleep, etc.) вертеться в постели и т.д.; the wheels won't turn in this mud в такой грязи колеса будут буксовать и не будут вращаться/; it's enough to make him turn in his grave он от этого в гробу перевернется; turn on one side while sleeping повернуться на бок во сне
    2) turn into smth. turn into a house (into the saloon at the corner, etc.) завернуть /заглянуть/ в дом и т.д.; turn into a town заехать в город
    3) turn to smth., smb. turn to the last page заглянуть на последнюю страницу; you'll find those figures if you turn to page 50 вы найдете эти цифры на странице/, если откроете страницу/ пятьдесят; my thoughts often turn to this subject мои мысли часто возвращаются к этой теме /к этому вопросу/; I shall now turn to another matter теперь я перейду к другому вопросу; I have no one to turn to мне не к кому обратиться; he is not the man you could turn to in these questions он не тот человек, к которому можно было бы обратиться с просьбой по таким вопросам; turn to smth., smb. for smth. turn to the dictionary for a word (to literature for reference, to a document for guidance, to his letter for consolation, etc.) обращаться к словари в поисках слова и т.Л; turn to his friend for help (to his mother for comfort, to his teacher for advice and guidance, to the police for protection, etc.) искать помощи у друга и т.д.; turn to the secretary for information (to his colleagues for support, etc.) обратиться к секретарю за справкой и т.д.; he turned to us for a loan он попросил нас дать ему взаймы денег
    4) turn to smth. turn to music (to the study of law, to medical practice, to journalism, to painting, to book-collecting, etc.) заняться музыкой и т.д.; turn to one's work приниматься /браться/ за работу; he is giving up the stage and turning to film work он бросает сцену и переходит на работу в кино; turn to drink начать пить; turn to crime заняться преступной деятельностью; the starling only turns to worms when there are no berries скворцы питаются червями только тогда, когда нет ягод
    5) turn on (round, etc.) smth. turn on an axle (on its axis, round the sun, etc.) вращаться на оси и т.д.; the door turns on its hinges дверь поворачивается на петлях; he turned on his heel and walked out of the room он круто повернулся и вышел из комнаты
    6) turn with smth. his head turns with giddiness у него кружится голова; his head has turned with success успех вскружил ему голову; the weathercock turns with the wind флюгер крутится по ветру; turn at smth. his stomach turns at the sight of blood (at the mere sight of food, etc.) у него поднимается тошнота при виде крови и т.д.
    7) turn (in)to smb., smth. turn into a butterfly (into a very pleasant fellow, into vinegar, into ice, etc.) превратиться в бабочку /стать бабочкой/ и т.д.; fog sometimes turns to snow (to rain) туман иногда переходит в снег (в дождь); the water has turned to ice вода превратилась в лед; the snow had turned (in)to slush снег превратился в слякоть; can a wolf turn into a lamb? разве может волк обернуться /стать/ овечкой?; my admiration soon turned to scorn мое восхищение скоро сменилось презрением; turn from smth. (in)to smth. the wind turned from west into south-west Южный ветер сменился юго-западным; the sphere has turned from blue to red шар из голубого стал красным; turn for smth. turn for the better (for the worse) (из)меняться к лучшему (к худшему)
    8) turn (up)on smth. everything (the whole argument, the outcome, the decision, etc.) turns on his answer (on that fact, on this point, etc.) все и т.д. зависит от его ответа и т.д.; the success of the trip turns on the weather успех поездки будет зависеть от погоды; everything turned upon the result of the battle все определялось исходом боя; the conversation turned (up)on sport (upon dress, upon hunting, on a variety of subjects, etc.).разговор вертелся вокруг /касался/ спорта и т.д.; the debate did not turn upon any practical propositions обсуждение не касалось никаких практических вопросов
    9) turn on (against) smb. the dog (the lion, the big.cat, etc.) turned on its trainer (on its owner, on its keeper, on its pursuers, etc.) собака и т.д. набросилась на своего дрессировщика и т.Л; even the most friendly dog may turn on you if you tease or annoy it даже самая добродушная собака может наброситься на человека, если ее раздразнить; why have you turned on me? что ты на меня взъелся?; what a fine excuse for turn logon me прекрасный повод, чтобы наброситься на меня; he turned angrily against his relatives (against his former friends, against his opponents, etc.) он яростно ополчился на своих родственников и т.А; the newspapers turned against the Parliament газеты начали кампанию против парламента; his words (his own criticism, etc.) turned against him его слова и т.д. обернулись против него самого
    10) turn from smb. he turned from his friends oil порвал со своими друзьями; он отвернулся от своих друзей; he turned from the Democrats and joined the Republicans он порвал с демократической партией в примкнул к республиканцам
    11. XXI1
    1) turn smth., smb. to (towards, into, on, etc.) smth., smb. turn the саг to the bridge повернуть машину к месту, въехать на мост; turn one's car to the left (one's camera to the right, etc.) повернуть машину налево и т.д.; turn one's саг towards the centre of the town направиться [на машине] к центру города; turn one's horse to the hills погнать лошадь в горы; turn cows to pasture выгнать коров на пастбище; turn one's chair to the fire повернуть свое кресло к камину; plants turn blooms to the light растения поворачивают головки к свету; turn one's back to one's guests (to the audience, to the wall, etc.) повернуться /стать/ спиной к гостям и т.д.; turn the light into the dark room направить луч света в темную комнату; turn a telescope on a star (the searchlight on smb., etc.) направлять телескоп на звезду и т.д.; turn the talk into other channels перевести разговор на другую тему; turn one's eyes on the stage обратить или перевести взгляд на сцену; turn smth. with smth. he turned the blow with his arm он отвел удар рукой id turn a deaf ear to smb.'s request./to smb./ отказаться выслушать чью-л. просьбу, остаться глухим к чьей-л. просьбе
    2) turn smb. out of (from, etc.) smth. turn smb. out of his room (out of the house, out of a club, etc.) выгнать кого-л. из комнаты и т.д.; turn a beggar from one's door прогнать нищего от своих дверей
    3) turn smth. to smth., smb. turn one's thoughts (one's attention, one's mind) to one's work (to practical matters, to something more important, etc.) сосредоточить свои мысли и т.д. на работе и т.А; at last they turned their attention to her наконец они занялись ею; turn one's efforts to something more important направлять свои усилия на что-либо более важное
    4) turn smth. to smth. turn one's hand to useful work заняться полезным делом; he can turn his hand to almost anything он умеет делать почти все; he knows how to turn things to advantage /to account/ он знает, как из всего извлечь пользу; he turns even his errors to account даже из своих ошибок он извлекает пользу
    5) turn smth. on (in) smth. turn a wagon on its side опрокинуть телегу на бок; turn a chop in a pan перевернуть котлету на сковородке || turn one's ankle on the edge of the sidewalk вывихнуть ногу, споткнувшись о край тротуара
    6) turn smth. in smth. turn one's hat in one's hands (the toy in one's fingers, etc.) вертеть шляпу в руках и т.д.; turn the key in the lock поворачивать ключ в замке и т.д. id turn smb. round one's little finger вертеть кем-л. [как хочешь], помыкать кем-л.
    7) turn smth. (in)to smth. turn water into ice (defeat into victory, love to hatred, tears into laughter, etc.) превращать воду в лед и т.д.; turn a theatre into a cinema (a garden into a tennis-court, etc.) переделать /перестроить/ театр в кинозал и т.д.; turn one's land into money (one's bonds into cash, their stock into cash, etc.) обратить землю в деньги и т.д.; turn coins into paper money поменять звонкую монету на бумажные деньги; turn this piece of prose into verse переложить этот прозаический отрывок на стихи; turn this passage into Greek (a German letter into French, Latin into English, etc.) перевести этот отрывок на греческий язык и т.д.; turn smb. (in)to smb. turn her into a cinema star (the boy into a friend, our soldiers into a police force, etc.) сделать из нее кинозвезду и т.д.; turn a pessimist into an optimist превращать пессимиста в оптимиста; the fairy turned the prince into a frog фея превратила принца в лягушку id turn swords into ploughshares перековать мечи на орала
    8) turn smb., smth., against smb. turn the children against their father (everyone against the boy, his family against him, etc.) восстанавливать детей против отца и т.д.; turn friends against friends восстановить друзей друг против друга; it turns their argument against them это направляет их доводы против них самих
    9) turn smb., smth. from smth. turn smb. from his duty отвлекать кого-л. от исполнения своих обязанностей; nothing will ever turn him from his purpose ничто не заставит его изменять своему решению или отказаться от своей цели; turn a vessel from her course заставить судно отклониться от курса; turn the conversation from an unpleasant subject увести разговор от неприятной темы
    10) turn smth. out of /from/ smth. turn candlesticks out of /from/ brass вытачивать медные подсвечники
    12. XXII
    turn smb. by doing smth. the police turned the advancing crowd by firing over their heads полиция заставила наступающую толпу повернуть назад, начав стрельбу в воздух
    13. XXV
    turn when... (as if..., etc.) she turned when she saw us увидев нас, она отвернулась или свернула; he turned as if to go он повернулся, делая вид, что собирается уходить
    14. XXVI
    turn smth. when... she turns his shirt-collars when they get frayed она перевертывает воротнички его сорочек, когда они вытираются

    English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > turn

  • 13 take

    take [teɪk]
    prendre1A (a), 1A (b), 1B (a), 1B (c)-(e), 1C (b), 1D (a), 1D (b), 1E (a), 1F (a), 1G (a), 1G (b), 1G (d), 1H (a), 1H (b), 1I (a), 1I (c), 1I (d), 1I (f), 1I (g), 2 (a)-(c) porter1B (a) mener1B (b) conduire1C (a) recevoir1D (c) croire1F (b) supporter1F (d) supposer1G (c) contenir1I (e) passer1I (i)
    (pt took [tʊk], pp taken ['teɪkən])
    A.
    (a) (get hold of) prendre; (seize) prendre, saisir;
    let me take your coat donnez-moi votre manteau;
    she took the book from him elle lui a pris le livre;
    to take sb's hand prendre qn par la main;
    she took his arm elle lui a pris le bras;
    Peter took her in his arms Peter l'a prise dans ses bras;
    the wolf took its prey by the throat le loup a saisi sa proie à la gorge
    (b) (get control of, capture → person) prendre, capturer; (→ fish, game) prendre, attraper; Military prendre, s'emparer de;
    they took the town that night ils prirent ou s'emparèrent de la ville cette nuit-là;
    to take sb prisoner faire qn prisonnier;
    to take sb alive prendre ou capturer qn vivant;
    I took his queen with my rook j'ai pris sa reine avec ma tour;
    to take control of a situation prendre une situation en main;
    we took our courage in both hands nous avons pris notre courage à deux mains;
    you're taking your life in your hands doing that c'est ta vie que tu risques en faisant cela;
    to take the lead in sth (in competition) prendre la tête de qch; (set example) être le premier à faire qch
    B.
    (a) (carry from one place to another) porter, apporter; (carry along, have in one's possession) prendre, emporter;
    she took her mother a cup of tea elle a apporté une tasse de thé à sa mère;
    he took the map with him il a emporté la carte;
    she took some towels up(stairs)/down(stairs) elle a monté/descendu des serviettes;
    don't forget to take your camera n'oubliez pas (de prendre) votre appareil photo;
    figurative the committee wanted to take the matter further le comité voulait mener l'affaire plus loin;
    the devil take it! que le diable l'emporte!;
    you can't take it with you (money when you die) tu ne l'emporteras pas avec toi dans la tombe
    (b) (person → lead) mener, emmener; (→ accompany) accompagner;
    her father takes her to school son père l'emmène à l'école;
    could you take me home? pourriez-vous me ramener ou me raccompagner?;
    to take sb across the road faire traverser la rue à qn;
    may I take you to dinner? puis-je vous inviter à dîner ou vous emmener dîner?;
    he offered to take them to work in the car il leur a proposé de les emmener au bureau en voiture ou de les conduire au bureau;
    to take oneself to bed aller se coucher;
    please take me with you emmène-moi, s'il te plaît;
    humorous I can't take you anywhere tu n'es pas sortable;
    the estate agent took them over the house l'agent immobilier leur a fait visiter la maison;
    he took her round the museum il lui a fait visiter le musée;
    she used to take me along to meetings (avant,) elle m'emmenait aux réunions;
    this road will take you to the station cette route vous mènera ou vous conduira à la gare;
    I don't want to take you out of your way je ne veux pas vous faire faire un détour;
    her job took her all over Africa son travail l'a fait voyager dans toute l'Afrique;
    that's what first took me to Portugal c'est ce qui m'a amené au Portugal;
    whatever took him there? qu'allait-il faire là-bas?;
    the record took her to number one in the charts le disque lui a permis d'être première au hit-parade
    she took a handkerchief from her pocket elle a sorti un mouchoir de sa poche;
    I took a chocolate from the box j'ai pris un chocolat dans la boîte;
    take a book from the shelf prenez un livre sur l'étagère;
    take your feet off the table enlève tes pieds de la table;
    he took the saucepan off the heat il a ôté ou retiré la casserole du feu
    (d) (appropriate, steal) prendre, voler;
    to take sth from sb prendre qch à qn;
    someone's taken my wallet on a pris mon portefeuille;
    his article is taken directly from my book le texte de son article est tiré directement de mon livre
    (e) (draw, derive) prendre, tirer;
    a passage taken from a book un passage extrait d'un livre;
    a phrase taken from Latin une expression empruntée au latin;
    the title is taken from the Bible le titre vient de la Bible;
    to take a print from a negative tirer une épreuve d'un négatif
    C.
    (a) (of bus, car, train etc) conduire, transporter;
    the ambulance took him to hospital l'ambulance l'a transporté à l'hôpital;
    this bus will take you to the theatre ce bus vous conduira au théâtre;
    will this train take me to Cambridge? est-ce que ce train va à ou passe par Cambridge?
    (b) (bus, car, plane, train) prendre; (road) prendre, suivre;
    American take a right prenez à droite
    D.
    (a) (have → attitude, bath, holiday) prendre; (make → nap, trip, walk) faire; (→ decision) prendre;
    she took a quick look at him elle a jeté un rapide coup d'œil sur lui;
    American familiar let's take five soufflons cinq minutes ;
    he took a flying leap il a bondi;
    American vulgar to take a shit or a dump chier;
    archaic or literary to take a wife prendre femme
    to take a photo or a picture prendre une photo;
    she took his picture or a picture of him elle l'a pris en photo;
    we had our picture taken nous nous sommes fait photographier ou prendre en photo;
    familiar he takes a good photo (is photogenic) il est photogénique
    (c) (receive, get) recevoir; (earn, win → prize) remporter, obtenir; (→ degree, diploma) obtenir, avoir;
    he took the blow on his arm il a pris le coup sur le bras;
    you can take the call in my office vous pouvez prendre l'appel dans mon bureau;
    the bookstore takes about $3,000 a day la librairie fait à peu près 3000 dollars (de recette) par jour;
    how much does he take home a month? quel est son salaire mensuel net?;
    Cards we took all the tricks nous avons fait toutes les levées;
    their team took the match leur équipe a gagné ou remporté le match
    E.
    (a) (assume, undertake) prendre;
    to take the blame for sth prendre la responsabilité de qch;
    you'll have to take the consequences c'est vous qui en subirez les conséquences;
    she takes all the credit for our success elle s'attribue tout le mérite de notre réussite;
    I take responsibility for their safety je me charge de leur sécurité;
    to take the part of Hamlet jouer (le rôle d')Hamlet
    he took my side in the argument il a pris parti pour moi dans la dispute;
    the boy took an oath or a vow to avenge his family le garçon a fait serment ou a juré de venger sa famille;
    American to take the Fifth (Amendment) invoquer le Cinquième Amendement (pour refuser de répondre)
    may I take the liberty of inviting you to dinner? puis-je me permettre de vous inviter à dîner?;
    he took the opportunity to thank them or of thanking them il a profité de l'occasion pour les remercier
    F.
    (a) (accept → job, gift, payment) prendre, accepter; (→ cheque, bet) accepter;
    the doctor only takes private patients le docteur ne prend pas les patients du service public;
    the owner won't take less than $100 for it le propriétaire en veut au moins 100 dollars;
    does this machine take pound coins? cette machine accepte-t-elle les pièces d'une livre?;
    to take a bribe se laisser acheter ou corrompre;
    you'll have to take me as I am il faut me prendre comme je suis;
    take things as they come prenez les choses comme elles viennent;
    I won't take "no" for an answer pas question de refuser;
    it's my last offer, (you can) take it or leave it c'est ma dernière offre, c'est à prendre ou à laisser;
    I'll take it from here je prends la suite;
    I'll take it from there je verrai à ce moment-là
    to take sb's advice suivre les conseils de qn;
    take it from me, he's a crook croyez-moi, c'est un escroc
    let's take things one at a time prenons les choses une par une;
    the mayor took their questions calmly le maire a entendu leurs questions avec calme;
    how did she take the questioning? comment a-t-elle réagi à ou pris l'interrogatoire?;
    they took the news well or in their stride ils ont plutôt bien pris la nouvelle;
    to take sth badly prendre mal qch;
    familiar to take things easy or it easy se la couler douce;
    familiar take it easy! (don't get angry) du calme!
    (d) (bear, endure → pain, heat, pressure, criticism) supporter; (→ damage, loss) subir;
    don't take any nonsense! ne te laisse pas faire!;
    your father won't take any nonsense ton père ne plaisante pas avec ce genre de choses;
    she can take it elle tiendra le coup;
    esp American I'm not taking any! je ne marche pas!;
    we couldn't take any more on n'en pouvait plus;
    I can't take much more of this je commence à en avoir assez, je ne vais pas supporter cela bien longtemps;
    I find his constant sarcasm rather hard to take je trouve ses sarcasmes perpétuels difficiles à supporter;
    don't expect me to take this lying down ne comptez pas sur moi pour accepter ça sans rien dire;
    those shoes have taken a lot of punishment ces chaussures en ont vu de toutes les couleurs;
    to take heavy loads (crane, engine etc) supporter de lourdes charges;
    it won't take your weight ça ne supportera pas ton poids
    (e) (experience, feel)
    to take fright prendre peur;
    to take an interest in sb/sth s'intéresser à qn/qch;
    don't take offence ne vous vexez pas, ne vous offensez pas;
    no offence taken il n'y a pas de mal;
    we take pleasure in travelling nous prenons plaisir à voyager;
    she takes pride in her work elle est fière de ce qu'elle fait;
    to take pride in one's appearance prendre soin de sa personne
    G.
    (a) (consider, look at) prendre, considérer;
    take Einstein (for example) prenons (l'exemple d')Einstein;
    take the case of Colombia prenons le cas de la Colombie;
    taking everything into consideration tout bien considéré;
    to take sb/sth seriously prendre qn/qch au sérieux
    do you take me for an idiot? vous me prenez pour un idiot?;
    what do you take me for? pour qui me prenez-vous?;
    I took you for an Englishman je vous croyais anglais;
    he took me for somebody else il m'a pris pour quelqu'un d'autre;
    to take the news as or to be true tenir la nouvelle pour vraie;
    how old do you take her to be? quel âge est-ce que tu lui donnes?
    (c) (suppose, presume) supposer, présumer;
    he's never been to Madrid, I take it si je comprends bien, il n'a jamais été à Madrid;
    I take it you're his mother je suppose que vous êtes sa mère
    (d) (interpret, understand) prendre, comprendre;
    we never know how to take his jokes on ne sait jamais comment prendre ses plaisanteries;
    don't take that literally ne le prenez pas au pied de la lettre;
    he was slow to take my meaning il lui a fallu un moment avant de comprendre ce que je voulais dire
    H.
    (a) (require) prendre, demander;
    how long will it take to get there? combien de temps faudra-t-il pour y aller?;
    the flight takes three hours le vol dure trois heures;
    it will take you ten minutes vous en avez pour dix minutes;
    it took him a minute to understand il a mis une minute avant de comprendre;
    it took us longer than I expected cela nous a pris plus de temps que je ne pensais;
    it takes time to learn a language il faut du temps pour apprendre une langue;
    what kind of batteries does it take? quelle sorte de piles faut-il?;
    my car takes unleaded ma voiture roule au sans-plomb;
    he took a bit of coaxing before he accepted il a fallu le pousser un peu pour qu'il accepte;
    it took four people to stop the brawl ils ont dû se mettre à quatre pour arrêter la bagarre;
    it takes a clever man to do that bien malin ou habile qui peut le faire;
    it takes courage to admit one's mistakes il faut du courage pour admettre ses erreurs;
    it takes patience to work with children il faut de la patience ou il faut être patient pour travailler avec les enfants;
    one glance was all it took un regard a suffi;
    the job took some doing la tâche n'a pas été facile;
    that will take some explaining voilà qui va demander des explications;
    her story takes some believing son histoire n'est pas facile à croire;
    to have what it takes to do/to be sth avoir les qualités nécessaires pour faire/être qch;
    we need someone with leadership qualities - she has what it takes il nous faut quelqu'un qui ait des qualités de dirigeant - ce n'est pas ce qui lui manque;
    familiar he's so lazy - it takes one to know one! il est vraiment paresseux - tu peux parler!
    "falloir" takes the subjunctive "falloir" est suivi du subjonctif;
    noun that takes an "s" in the plural nom qui prend un "s" au pluriel
    I.
    (a) (food, drink etc) prendre;
    do you take milk in your coffee? prenez-vous du lait dans votre café?;
    how do you take your coffee? qu'est-ce que tu prends dans ton café?;
    I invited him to take tea je l'ai invité à prendre le thé;
    she refused to take any food elle a refusé de manger (quoi que ce soit);
    to take drugs se droguer;
    how many pills has he taken? combien de comprimés a-t-il pris ou absorbé?;
    to be taken twice a day (on packaging) à prendre deux fois par jour;
    to take the air prendre l'air
    (b) (wear) faire, porter;
    she takes a size 10 elle prend du 38;
    what size shoe do you take? quelle est votre pointure?
    (c) (pick out, choose) prendre, choisir; (buy) prendre, acheter; (rent) prendre, louer;
    I'll take it je le prends;
    what newspaper do you take? quel journal prenez-vous?;
    take your partners (at dance) invitez vos partenaires
    (d) (occupy → chair, seat) prendre, s'asseoir sur;
    take a seat asseyez-vous;
    take your seats! prenez vos places!;
    is this seat taken? cette place est-elle occupée ou prise?
    (e) (hold → of container, building etc) contenir, avoir une capacité de;
    this bus takes fifty passengers c'est un car de cinquante places
    (f) (ascertain, find out) prendre;
    to take sb's pulse/temperature prendre le pouls/la température de qn;
    to take a reading from a meter lire ou relever un compteur
    (g) (write down → notes, letter) prendre;
    he took a note of her address il a noté son adresse
    (h) (subtract) soustraire, déduire;
    they took 10 percent off the price ils ont baissé le prix de 10 pour cent;
    take 4 from 9 and you have 5 ôtez 4 de 9, il reste 5
    (i) School & University (exam) passer, se présenter à; (course) prendre, suivre;
    I took Latin and Greek at A level j'ai pris latin et grec au bac;
    she took her degree last year elle a obtenu son diplôme l'an dernier;
    she takes us for maths on l'a en maths
    to take a service célébrer un office;
    the assistant director took the rehearsals l'assistant réalisateur s'est occupé des répétitions
    (k) (contract, develop)
    to take a chill, to take cold prendre froid;
    to take sick, to be taken ill tomber malade;
    I was taken with a fit of the giggles j'ai été pris d'un fou rire;
    she took an instant dislike to him elle l'a tout de suite pris en aversion
    (l) (direct, aim)
    she took a swipe at him elle a voulu le gifler;
    Football to take a penalty tirer un penalty
    she takes all her problems to her sister elle raconte tous ses problèmes à sa sœur;
    he took the matter to his boss il a soumis la question à son patron;
    Law they intend to take the case to the High Court ils ont l'intention d'en appeler à la Cour suprême
    he took an axe to the door il a donné des coups de hache dans la porte;
    take the scissors to it vas-y avec les ciseaux;
    his father took a stick to him son père lui a donné des coups de bâton;
    Law they took legal proceedings against him ils lui ont intenté un procès
    (o) (catch unawares) prendre, surprendre;
    to take sb by surprise or off guard surprendre qn, prendre qn au dépourvu;
    his death took us by surprise sa mort nous a surpris
    (p) (negotiate → obstacle) franchir, sauter; (→ bend in road) prendre, négocier
    (q) familiar (deceive, cheat) avoir, rouler;
    they took him for every penny (he was worth) ils lui ont pris jusqu'à son dernier sou
    (a) (work, have desired effect) prendre;
    did the dye take? est-ce que la teinture a pris?;
    it was too cold for the seeds to take il faisait trop froid pour que les graines germent
    (b) (become popular) prendre, avoir du succès
    (c) (fish) prendre, mordre
    3 noun
    (a) (capture) prise f
    (b) Cinema, Photography & Television prise f de vue; Radio enregistrement m, prise f de son; (of record etc) enregistrement m
    (c) American (interpretation) interprétation f;
    what's your take on her attitude? comment est-ce que tu interprètes son attitude?
    (d) American familiar (takings) recette f; (share) part f;
    to be on the take toucher des pots-de-vin, palper
    (astonish) étonner, ébahir; (disconcert) déconcerter;
    her question took him aback sa question l'a déconcerté;
    I was taken aback by the news la nouvelle m'a beaucoup surpris
    ressembler à, tenir de;
    she takes after her mother in looks physiquement, elle tient de sa mère
    (a) (dismantle) démonter;
    figurative they took the room apart looking for evidence ils ont mis la pièce sens dessus dessous pour trouver des preuves
    (b) (criticize) critiquer
    prendre à part, emmener à l'écart;
    the boss took her aside for a chat le patron l'a prise à part pour discuter
    (a) (remove) enlever, retirer;
    take that knife away from him enlevez-lui ce couteau;
    they took away his pension ils lui ont retiré sa pension;
    they took their daughter away from the club ils ont retiré leur fille du club;
    his work took him away from his family for long periods son travail le tenait éloigné de sa famille pendant de longues périodes;
    euphemism the police took his father away son père a été arrêté par la police;
    it takes away the fun ça gâche tout
    (b) (carry away → object) emporter; (→ person) emmener;
    British sandwiches to take away (sign) sandwiches à emporter;
    not to be taken away (in library) à consulter sur place
    (c) Mathematics soustraire, retrancher;
    nine take away six is three neuf moins six font trois
    that doesn't take away from his achievements as an athlete ça n'enlève rien à ses exploits d'athlète;
    to take away from the pleasure/value of sth diminuer le plaisir/la valeur de qch
    (a) (after absence, departure) reprendre;
    she took her husband back elle a accepté que son mari revienne vivre avec elle;
    the factory took back the workers l'usine a repris les ouvriers
    (b) (gift, unsold goods, sale item etc) reprendre
    (c) (return) rapporter; (accompany) raccompagner;
    take it back to the shop rapporte-le au magasin;
    he took her back home il l'a raccompagnée ou ramenée chez elle
    (d) (retract, withdraw) retirer, reprendre;
    I take back everything I said je retire tout ce que j'ai dit;
    all right, I take it back! d'accord, je n'ai rien dit!
    that takes me back to my childhood ça me rappelle mon enfance;
    that song takes me back forty years cette chanson me ramène quarante ans en arrière;
    it takes you back a bit, doesn't it? ça ne nous rajeunit pas tout ça, hein?
    (f) Typography transférer à la ligne précédente
    (a) (carry, lead downstairs → object) descendre; (→ person) faire descendre;
    the lift took us down to the 4th floor l'ascenseur nous a amenés au 4ème étage
    (b) (lower) descendre;
    she took the book down from the shelf elle a pris le livre sur l'étagère;
    can you help me take the curtains down? peux-tu m'aider à décrocher les rideaux?;
    she took his picture down from the wall elle a enlevé sa photo du mur;
    he took his trousers down il a baissé son pantalon
    (c) (note) prendre, noter;
    he took down the registration number il a relevé le numéro d'immatriculation;
    to take down a letter in shorthand prendre une lettre en sténo
    (d) (dismantle → scaffolding, circus tent) démonter
    se démonter
    (a) (lead → person) faire entrer; (carry → washing, harvest etc) rentrer
    (b) (bring into one's home → person) héberger; (→ boarder) prendre; (→ orphan, stray animal) recueillir;
    she takes in ironing elle fait du repassage à domicile
    the police took him in la police l'a mis ou placé en garde à vue
    (d) (air, water, food etc)
    she can only take in food intravenously on ne peut la nourrir que par intraveineuse;
    whales take in air through their blowhole les baleines respirent par l'évent
    (e) (understand, perceive) saisir, comprendre;
    he was sitting taking it all in il était là, assis, écoutant tout ce qui se disait;
    he didn't take in the real implications of her announcement il n'a pas saisi les véritables implications de sa déclaration;
    I can't take in the fact that I've won je n'arrive pas à croire que j'ai gagné;
    she took in the situation at a glance elle a compris la situation en un clin d'œil
    (f) (make smaller → garment) reprendre; (→ in knitting) diminuer;
    you'd better take in the slack on the rope tu ferais bien de tendre ou retendre la corde;
    Nautical to take in a sail carguer ou serrer une voile
    (g) (cover → several countries etc) comprendre, englober; (→ questions, possibilities) embrasser;
    the tour takes in all the important towns l'excursion passe par toutes les villes importantes
    (h) (attend, go to) aller à;
    to take in a show aller au théâtre;
    she took in the castle while in Blois elle a visité le château pendant qu'elle était à Blois;
    they took in the sights in Rome ils ont fait le tour des sites touristiques à Rome
    (i) familiar (cheat, deceive) tromper, rouler;
    don't be taken in by him ne vous laissez pas rouler par lui;
    I'm not going to be taken in by your lies je ne suis pas dupe de tes mensonges ;
    he was completely taken in il marchait complètement
    (a) (remove → clothing, lid, make-up, tag) enlever;
    the boy took his clothes off le garçon a enlevé ses vêtements ou s'est déshabillé;
    she took her glasses off elle a enlevé ses lunettes;
    he often takes the phone off the hook il laisse souvent le téléphone décroché;
    to take sb off a list rayer qn d'une liste;
    the surgeon had to take her leg off le chirurgien a dû l'amputer de la jambe;
    Cars to take off the brake desserrer le frein (à main);
    figurative he didn't take his eyes off her all night il ne l'a pas quittée des yeux de la soirée;
    I tried to take her mind off her troubles j'ai essayé de lui changer les idées ou de la distraire de ses ennuis;
    familiar his retirement has taken ten years off him sa retraite l'a rajeuni de dix ans ;
    to take sth off sb's hands débarrasser qn de qch;
    I'll take the baby off your hands for a few hours je vais garder le bébé pendant quelques heures, ça te libérera
    (b) (deduct) déduire, rabattre;
    the teacher took one point off her grade le professeur lui a retiré un point;
    the manager took 10 percent off the price le directeur a baissé le prix de 10 pour cent
    (c) (lead away) emmener;
    she was taken off to hospital on l'a transportée à l'hôpital;
    the murderer was taken off to jail on a emmené l'assassin en prison;
    her friend took her off to dinner son ami l'a emmenée dîner;
    she took herself off to Italy elle est partie en Italie;
    to take the passengers off (by boat from a ship) débarquer les passagers;
    the injured man was taken off the ship by helicopter le blessé a été évacué du bateau par hélicoptère
    to take some time off prendre un congé;
    take a few days off prenez quelques jours de vacances ou de congé;
    she takes Thursdays off elle ne travaille pas le jeudi
    (e) familiar (copy) imiter ; (mimic) imiter, singer
    (f) (discontinue → train, bus etc) supprimer; (→ show, programme) annuler
    (a) (aeroplane) décoller;
    they took off for or to Heathrow ils se sont envolés pour Heathrow
    (b) familiar (person → depart) partir ; (hurriedly) se barrer, se tirer;
    he took off without telling us il est parti sans nous avertir
    take on
    (a) (accept, undertake) prendre, accepter;
    don't take on more than you can handle ne vous surchargez pas;
    she took it on herself to tell him elle a pris sur elle de le lui dire;
    he took the job on (position) il a accepté le poste; (task) il s'est mis au travail;
    to take on a bet accepter un pari
    (b) (contend with, fight against) lutter ou se battre contre; (compete against) jouer contre;
    the unions took on the government les syndicats se sont attaqués ou s'en sont pris au gouvernement;
    I shouldn't like to take him on je n'aimerais pas avoir affaire à lui;
    he took us on at poker il nous a défiés au poker
    (c) (acquire, assume) prendre, revêtir;
    her face took on a worried look elle a pris un air inquiet;
    the word takes on another meaning le mot prend une autre signification
    (d) (load) prendre, embarquer
    (e) (hire) embaucher, engager
    familiar (fret, carry on) s'en faire;
    don't take on so! ne t'en fais pas!
    (a) (remove → object) prendre, sortir; (→ stain) ôter, enlever; (extract → tooth) arracher;
    take the cheese out of the refrigerator sors le fromage du réfrigérateur;
    he took the knife out of his pocket il a sorti le couteau de sa poche;
    take your hands out of your pockets enlève les mains de tes poches;
    they took their children out of school ils ont retiré leurs enfants de l'école;
    Medicine to take out sb's appendix/tonsils enlever l'appendice/les amygdales à qn;
    figurative to take the food out of sb's mouth retirer le pain de la bouche de qn
    (b) (carry, lead outside → object) sortir; (→ person) faire sortir; (escort) emmener;
    to take sb out to dinner/to the movies emmener qn dîner/au cinéma;
    I took her out for a bike ride je l'ai emmenée faire un tour à vélo;
    would you take the dog out? tu veux bien sortir le chien ou aller promener le chien?
    (c) (food) emporter;
    American sandwiches to take out (sign) sandwiches à emporter
    (d) (obtain → subscription) prendre; (→ insurance policy) souscrire à, prendre; (→ licence) se procurer; (→ patent) prendre;
    to take out a mortgage faire un emprunt immobilier
    (e) familiar (destroy → factory, town) détruire ;
    to take sb out (kill) buter qn, zigouiller qn, refroidir qn;
    the planes took the factory out by bombing les avions ont détruit l'usine (en la bombardant)
    to take out one's partner changer la couleur annoncée par son partenaire
    to take sb out of himself/herself changer les idées à qn;
    familiar working as an interpreter takes a lot out of you le travail d'interprète est épuisant ;
    familiar the operation really took it out of him l'opération l'a mis à plat;
    familiar it takes the fun out of it ça gâche tout ;
    familiar to take it out on sb s'en prendre à qn ;
    familiar he took his anger out on his wife il a passé sa colère sur sa femme ;
    familiar don't take it out on me! ne t'en prends pas à moi!
    he wants his daughter to take over the business il veut que sa fille reprenne l'affaire;
    she took over my classes elle a pris la suite de mes cours;
    will you be taking over his job? est-ce que vous allez le remplacer (dans ses fonctions)?
    (b) (gain control of, invade) s'emparer de;
    the military took over the country l'armée a pris le pouvoir;
    she takes the place over (by being bossy etc) elle joue les despotes;
    fast-food restaurants have taken over Paris les fast-foods ou French Canadian restaurants-minute ont envahi Paris
    (c) Finance (buy out) absorber, racheter;
    they were taken over by a Japanese firm ils ont été rachetés par une entreprise japonaise
    (d) (carry across) apporter; (escort across) emmener;
    I'll take you over by car je vais vous y conduire en voiture;
    the boat took us over to Seattle le bateau nous a emmenés jusqu'à Seattle
    (e) Typography transférer à la ligne suivante
    who will take over now that the mayor has stepped down? qui va prendre la relève maintenant que le maire a donné sa démission?;
    I'll take over when he leaves je le remplacerai quand il partira;
    will he allow her to take over? va-t-il lui céder la place?;
    compact discs have taken over from records le (disque) compact a remplacé le (disque) vinyle
    (b) (army, dictator) prendre le pouvoir
    (a) (have a liking for → person) se prendre d'amitié ou de sympathie pour, prendre en amitié; (→ activity, game) prendre goût à;
    I think he took to you je crois que vous lui avez plu;
    we took to one another at once nous avons tout de suite sympathisé;
    she didn't take to him il ne lui a pas plu;
    we've really taken to golf nous avons vraiment pris goût au golf
    (b) (acquire as a habit) se mettre à;
    to take to drink or to the bottle se mettre à boire;
    to take to doing sth se mettre à faire qch;
    she took to wearing black elle s'est mise à s'habiller en noir
    (c) (make for, head for)
    he's taken to his bed with the flu il est alité avec la grippe;
    the rebels took to the hills les insurgés se sont réfugiés dans les collines;
    they took to the woods ils se sont enfuis dans les bois;
    to take to the road prendre la route;
    to take to the boats monter dans les canots de sauvetage
    take up
    (a) (carry, lead upstairs → object) monter; (→ person) faire monter;
    the lift took us up to the 25th floor l'ascenseur nous a amenés au 25ème étage
    (b) (pick up → object) ramasser, prendre; (→ passenger) prendre; (→ paving stones, railway tracks) enlever;
    she took up the notes from the table elle a ramassé ou pris les notes sur la table;
    they're taking up the street la rue est en travaux;
    we finally took up the carpet nous avons enfin enlevé la moquette
    (c) (absorb) absorber
    (d) (shorten) raccourcir;
    you'd better take up the slack in that rope tu ferais mieux de retendre ou tendre cette corde
    (e) (fill, occupy → space) prendre, tenir; (→ time) prendre, demander;
    this table takes up too much room cette table prend trop de place ou est trop encombrante;
    moving house took up the whole day le déménagement a pris toute la journée;
    her work takes up all her attention son travail l'absorbe complètement
    (f) (begin, become interested in → activity, hobby) se mettre à; (→ job) prendre; (→ career) commencer, embrasser;
    when did you take up Greek? quand est-ce que tu t'es mis au grec?;
    I've taken up gardening je me suis mis au jardinage
    (g) (continue, resume) reprendre, continuer;
    I took up the tale where Susan had left off j'ai repris l'histoire là où Susan l'avait laissée;
    she took up her knitting again elle a repris son tricot
    (h) (adopt → attitude) prendre, adopter; (→ method) adopter; (→ place, position) prendre; (→ idea) adopter;
    they took up residence in town ils se sont installés en ville;
    to take up one's duties entrer en fonctions
    (i) (accept → offer) accepter; (→ advice, suggestion) suivre; (→ challenge) relever
    (j) (discuss) discuter, parler de; (bring up) aborder;
    take it up with the boss parlez-en au patron
    (k) (shares, stock) souscrire à
    (l) Finance (option) lever, consolider; (bill) honorer, retirer
    reprendre, continuer
    he took it upon himself to organize the meeting il s'est chargé d'organiser la réunion
    (a) (accept offer, advice of)
    his daughter took him up on his advice sa fille a suivi ses conseils;
    he might take you up on that someday! il risque de vous prendre au mot un jour!;
    she took him up on his promise elle a mis sa parole à l'épreuve
    I'd like to take you up on that point j'aimerais revenir sur ce point avec vous
    to take up with sb se lier d'amitié avec qn, prendre qn en amitié;
    she took up with a bad crowd elle s'est mise à fréquenter des vauriens
    to be taken up with doing sth être occupé à faire qch;
    she's very taken up with him elle ne pense qu'à lui;
    she's taken up with her business elle est très prise par ses affaires;
    meetings were taken up with talk about the economy on passait les réunions à parler de l'économie
    ✾ Film 'Take the Money and Run' Allen 'Prends l'oseille et tire-toi'
    ✾ Film 'You Can't Take It With You' Capra 'Vous ne l'emporterez pas avec vous'
    Take me to your leader Il s'agit de la formule prononcée par les extra-terrestres fraîchement débarqués sur terre dans les vieux films de science-fiction et adressée au premier terrien rencontré. On emploie cette phrase ("menez-moi jusqu'à votre chef") de façon humoristique lorsque, dans une situation donnée, on désire parler au responsable.

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > take

  • 14 hora

    f.
    media hora half an hour
    una hora y media an hour and a half
    (pagar) por horas (to pay) by the hour
    horas de luz daylight hours
    horas de oficina/trabajo office/working hours
    horas de vuelo flying time
    horas de visita visiting times
    2 time.
    ¿qué hora es? what time is it?
    ¿a qué hora sale? what time does it leave?
    dar la hora to strike the hour
    poner el reloj en hora to set one's watch o clock
    hora oficial official time
    hora de salida departure time
    es hora de irse it's time to go
    a la hora on time
    a su hora when the time comes, at the appropriate time
    a primera hora first thing in the morning
    hora de cenar dinner time
    hora de cierre closing time
    4 appointment (cita).
    pedir/dar hora to ask for/give an appointment
    tener hora en/con to have an appointment at/with
    * * *
    2 (tiempo) time
    ¿qué hora es? what time is it?
    no es hora de... this is no time to...
    3 (cita) appointment
    \
    a altas horas in the small hours
    a buena hora (oportunamente) at the right time 2 (afortunadamente) fortunately
    ¡a buenas horas! and about time too!
    a estas horas (ahora) by now 2 (indicando sorpresa) at this time (of the day)
    ¿qué haces aquí a estas horas? what are you doing here at this time?
    a la hora at the proper time, on time
    a la hora de la verdad at the moment of truth, when it comes to it
    a primera hora first thing in the morning
    a su hora at the proper time, in time
    a última hora at the last moment
    comer entre horas to eat between meals, snack
    dar hora to give an appointment
    dar la hora to strike the hour
    de última hora last-minute
    en mala hora (inoportunamente) at the wrong time 2 (desafortunadamente) unfortunately
    ir con la hora pegada al culo tabú to run around like a blue-arsed fly
    pedir hora to make an appointment
    por horas by the hour
    tener horas de vuelo figurado to be an old hand
    ¡ya era hora! and about time too!
    hora oficial standard time
    hora de cenar dinner time
    hora de comer lunch time, dinner time
    hora peninsular time in mainland Spain
    hora punta rush hour
    horas extras overtime
    horas muertas spare time
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) hour
    2) time
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=periodo de tiempo) hour

    echar horas — to put the hours in

    media hora — half an hour

    la media hora del bocadillo — half-hour break at work, tea break

    por horas — by the hour

    hora puente Arg, Uru hour off

    horas de mayor audiencia — (TV) prime time sing

    horas de oficina — business hours, office hours

    horas de vuelo — (Aer) flying time sing; (fig) (=experiencia) experience sing; (fig) (=antigüedad) seniority sing

    horas extra, horas extraordinarias — overtime sing

    horas libresfree time sing, spare time sing

    2) (=momento)
    a) [concreto] time

    ¿qué hora es? — what time is it?, what's the time?

    ¿tienes hora? — have you got the time?

    ¿a qué hora? — (at) what time?

    ¿a qué hora llega? — what time is he arriving?

    ¡la hora!, ¡es la hora! — time's up!

    llegar a la hora — to arrive on time

    a la hora de pagar... — when it comes to paying...

    a altas horas (de la madrugada) — in the small hours

    a una hora avanzadaat a late hour

    dar la hora — [reloj] to strike (the hour)

    poner el reloj en hora — to set one's watch

    no comer entre horas — not to eat between meals

    a estas horas, a estas horas ya deben de estar en París — they must be in Paris by now

    b) [oportuno]

    buena hora, es buena hora para empezar — it's a good time to start

    es hora de hacer algo — it is time to do sth

    es hora de irnos — it's time we went, it's time for us to go

    estas no son horas de llegar a casa — this is no time to get home, what sort of a time is this to get home?

    le ha llegado la hora — her time has come

    mala hora, es mala hora — it's a bad time

    en la hora de su muerteat the moment of his death

    a primera hora — first thing in the morning

    a última hora — at the last moment, at the last minute

    última hora[noticias] stop press

    la hora de la verdadthe moment of truth

    ¡ya era hora! — and about time too!

    ya es o va siendo hora de que te vayas — it is high time (that) you went, it is about time (that) you went

    ¡a buenas horas llegas! — this is a fine time for you to arrive!

    hora de comer[gen] mealtime; [a mediodía] lunchtime

    hora de entrada, la hora de entrada a la oficina — the time when we start work at the office

    hora de recreo — playtime, recess (EEUU)

    hora de salida[de tren, avión, bus] time of departure; [de carrera] starting time; [de escuela, trabajo] finishing time

    hora insular canarialocal time in the Canary Islands

    hora judicialtime when the courts start hearing cases

    hora oficial — official time, standard time

    hora peninsularlocal time in mainland Spain

    hora pico Méx rush hour

    hora punta[del tráfico] rush hour

    horas punta[de electricidad, teléfono] peak hours

    hora suprema — one's last hour, hour of death

    3) (Educ) period

    horas de clase(=horas lectivas) teaching hours; (=horas de colegio) school hours

    doy ocho horas de clase[profesor] I teach for eight hours

    4) (=cita) appointment
    5) (Rel)
    * * *

    media hora — half an hour, a half hour (AmE)

    100 kilómetros por hora — 100 kilometers per/an hour

    8.000 pesetas la hora or por hora — 8,000 pesetas an hour

    2)
    a) ( momento puntual) time

    ¿tiene hora, por favor? — have you got the time, please?

    ¿me da la hora? — can you tell me the time?

    ¿qué hora es? — what's the time?, what time is it?

    la decisión se conocerá a las 20 horas — (period) they will give their verdict at 8pm

    el ataque se inició a las 20 horas — (frml) the attack commenced at 20.00 hours (léase: twenty hundred hours) (frml)

    desde las cero horas — (period) from midnight

    ésa no da ni la hora! — I'll/you'll/he'll get nothing out of her, she's as mean as they come (colloq)

    desde que es jefa, no nos da ni la hora — now that she's been made boss, she won't even give us the time of day

    ya es hora de irnos — it's time for us to go, it's time we were going

    a altas horas de la madrugadain the early o small hours of the morning

    una noticia de última horaa late o last-minute news item

    a buena hora or a buenas horas: ¿y me lo dices ahora? a buenas horas! now you tell me!, it's a bit late to tell me now!; a buenas horas llegas this is a fine time to arrive!; a la hora de: a la hora traducirlo when it comes to translating it; a la hora de la verdad when it comes down to it; en buena hora: en buena hora compramos esta casa we bought this house at just the right time; en mala hora: en mala hora se nos ocurrió invitarla it was a really bad move inviting her; entre horas between meals; hacer hora (Chi) to kill time; llegarle a alguien su (última) hora: le llegó su (última) hora his time had come; no ver la hora de: no veo la hora de que lleguen — I'm really looking forward to them coming, I can't wait for them to come

    3) ( cita) appointment
    * * *
    = hour.
    Ex. Most host are not available twenty-four hours a day, seven days of the week.
    ----
    * 24 horas al día = around the clock.
    * a altas horas de la noche = late at night.
    * acercarse la hora de = come up for.
    * a cualquier hora = anytime, around the clock.
    * a cualquier hora del día o de la noche = at any hour of the day or night, at any time of the day or night.
    * aguja de las horas = hour hand.
    * a la hora de + Infinitivo = when it came to + Gerundio, when it comes to + Gerundio.
    * a la hora de la verdad = when push comes to shove, if it comes to the crunch, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, when the crunch comes to the crunch, if the crunch comes to the crunch.
    * a la hora del café = at coffee.
    * a primera hora de la mañana = first thing in the morning.
    * a primera hora de + Período del Día = first thing + Período del Día.
    * a primeras horas de la tarde = late afternoon.
    * a todas horas = at all hours, around the clock.
    * a última hora = at the last minute, at the eleventh hour, last minute [last-minute], at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last.
    * a últimas horas de la tarde = late evening.
    * cada hora = hourly.
    * cambio de hora estacional = daylight saving time.
    * compras de última hora = last-minute shopping.
    * cuando llegó la hora de + Infinitivo = when it came to + Gerundio.
    * cuando llegue la hora = when the time comes.
    * decisión de última hora = last-minute decision.
    * dejarlo para última hora = leave + it until the last minute.
    * depósito de préstamos después de las horas de apertura = after-hours book drop.
    * de última hora = last minute [last-minute], up-to-the-minute, late breaking [late-breaking], hot off the griddle.
    * durante las horas de más calor = during the heat of the day.
    * durante las horas puntas = at peak periods.
    * durante muchas horas = for many long hours.
    * echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * en las horas clave = at busy times.
    * en las horas punta = at busy times.
    * fondo de préstamo por horas = short-loan collection.
    * hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.
    * hacer horas extras = work + overtime.
    * hasta última hora = until the last minute.
    * hora de acostarse = bedtime.
    * hora de apertura = opening time.
    * hora de cierre = closing hour, closing time.
    * hora de clase = class period.
    * hora de comer = mealtime [meal time].
    * hora de comienzo = starting time, start time.
    * hora de conexión = connect hour.
    * hora de encerrarse = curfew.
    * hora de entrada = check-in time.
    * hora de Greenwich = GMT (Greenwich Mean Time).
    * hora de inicio = trigger time, start time.
    * hora de la cerveza, la = beer time.
    * hora de la comida = mealtime [meal time].
    * hora del almuerzo = lunchtime, lunch hour.
    * hora de la verdad = moment of truth.
    * hora de la verdad, la = showdown.
    * hora del cuento = story hour [storyhour], storytelling [story-telling], storytime [story time].
    * hora de llegada = arrival time.
    * hora del té = teatime.
    * hora de mayor demanda = peak time.
    * hora de reloj = clock hour.
    * hora de salida = departure time, check-out time.
    * hora de trabajo = man-hour.
    * hora de vencimiento = time due.
    * hora de volver a casa = curfew.
    * hora feliz = happy hour.
    * hora fija = set time.
    * hora hombre = man-hour.
    * hora intempestiva = unearthly time, unearthly hour.
    * hora punta = peak period, rush hour, peak hour.
    * horas activas = waking day, waking hours.
    * horas al volante = driver's hours.
    * horas de apertura = business hours.
    * horas de clase = class time, school hours.
    * horas de consulta = surgery.
    * horas de funcionamiento = operating hours.
    * horas de menos aglomeración = off-peak times.
    * horas de oficina = office hours, business hours.
    * horas de poca actividad = slack hours.
    * horas de poco movimiento = slack hours.
    * horas después de la escuela = after-school hours, after-school time.
    * horas en las que Uno está despierto = waking time.
    * hora señalada = set time.
    * horas extraordinarias = overtime.
    * horas extras = overtime.
    * horas fuera de lo normal = unsocial hours.
    * horas intespestivas = unsocial hours.
    * horas libres = released time.
    * horas no punta = off-peak times.
    * horas posteriores al mediodía = afternoon times.
    * Hora + y media = half past + Hora.
    * información de última hora = news flash.
    * las 24 horas = round the clock, around the clock.
    * las veinticuatro horas = day and night, day or night, night and day.
    * liberar horas = time off.
    * llegada la hora de la verdad = if it comes to the crunch, when the crunch comes to the crunch, if the crunch comes to the crunch.
    * llegar la hora de = time + come.
    * manecilla de las horas = hour hand.
    * media hora = half-hour.
    * mph [millas por hora] = mph [miles per hour].
    * muchas horas = long hours.
    * no se ganó Zamora en una hora = Rome wasn't built in a day.
    * noticia de última hora = hot off the press(es).
    * noticias de última hora = breaking news.
    * pagar por horas extra = pay + overtime.
    * por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).
    * por hora = hourly.
    * por horas = on an hourly basis.
    * precipitación de última hora = last-minute rush.
    * préstamo por horas = hourly loan.
    * primeras horas de la madrugada = late night.
    * prisa de última hora = last-minute rush.
    * reservar hora = book + time.
    * ser hora de = it + be + time to/for.
    * ser hora de definirse = time to climb off the fence.
    * ser hora de irse = be time to go.
    * ser hora de marcharse = be time to go.
    * ser hora ya de que = be about time (that), be high time (that/to/for).
    * servicio las 24 horas = 24 hour(s) service.
    * ser ya hora de que = it + be + well past the time for, be high time (that/to/for).
    * trabajador por horas = time hand [time-hand].
    * trabajar a horas fuera de lo normal = work + unsocial hours.
    * trabajar a horas intespestivas = work + unsocial hours.
    * trabajar horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.
    * trabajar horas extras = work + overtime.
    * trabajar las veinticuatro horas del día = work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * un + Nombre + a altas horas de la noche = a late night + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + a primera hora de la mañana = an early morning + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + a última hora de la mañana = a late morning + Nombre.
    * un servicio las 24 horas = a 24-hour service.
    * veinticuatro horas al día, siete días a la semana, 365 días al año = 24/7, 24/7/365.
    * ya era hora = not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.
    * ya es hora (de que) = it's about time (that).
    * ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).
    * ya ser hora de que = be high time (that/to/for).
    * * *

    media hora — half an hour, a half hour (AmE)

    100 kilómetros por hora — 100 kilometers per/an hour

    8.000 pesetas la hora or por hora — 8,000 pesetas an hour

    2)
    a) ( momento puntual) time

    ¿tiene hora, por favor? — have you got the time, please?

    ¿me da la hora? — can you tell me the time?

    ¿qué hora es? — what's the time?, what time is it?

    la decisión se conocerá a las 20 horas — (period) they will give their verdict at 8pm

    el ataque se inició a las 20 horas — (frml) the attack commenced at 20.00 hours (léase: twenty hundred hours) (frml)

    desde las cero horas — (period) from midnight

    ésa no da ni la hora! — I'll/you'll/he'll get nothing out of her, she's as mean as they come (colloq)

    desde que es jefa, no nos da ni la hora — now that she's been made boss, she won't even give us the time of day

    ya es hora de irnos — it's time for us to go, it's time we were going

    a altas horas de la madrugadain the early o small hours of the morning

    una noticia de última horaa late o last-minute news item

    a buena hora or a buenas horas: ¿y me lo dices ahora? a buenas horas! now you tell me!, it's a bit late to tell me now!; a buenas horas llegas this is a fine time to arrive!; a la hora de: a la hora traducirlo when it comes to translating it; a la hora de la verdad when it comes down to it; en buena hora: en buena hora compramos esta casa we bought this house at just the right time; en mala hora: en mala hora se nos ocurrió invitarla it was a really bad move inviting her; entre horas between meals; hacer hora (Chi) to kill time; llegarle a alguien su (última) hora: le llegó su (última) hora his time had come; no ver la hora de: no veo la hora de que lleguen — I'm really looking forward to them coming, I can't wait for them to come

    3) ( cita) appointment
    * * *
    = hour.

    Ex: Most host are not available twenty-four hours a day, seven days of the week.

    * 24 horas al día = around the clock.
    * a altas horas de la noche = late at night.
    * acercarse la hora de = come up for.
    * a cualquier hora = anytime, around the clock.
    * a cualquier hora del día o de la noche = at any hour of the day or night, at any time of the day or night.
    * aguja de las horas = hour hand.
    * a la hora de + Infinitivo = when it came to + Gerundio, when it comes to + Gerundio.
    * a la hora de la verdad = when push comes to shove, if it comes to the crunch, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, when the crunch comes to the crunch, if the crunch comes to the crunch.
    * a la hora del café = at coffee.
    * a primera hora de la mañana = first thing in the morning.
    * a primera hora de + Período del Día = first thing + Período del Día.
    * a primeras horas de la tarde = late afternoon.
    * a todas horas = at all hours, around the clock.
    * a última hora = at the last minute, at the eleventh hour, last minute [last-minute], at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last.
    * a últimas horas de la tarde = late evening.
    * cada hora = hourly.
    * cambio de hora estacional = daylight saving time.
    * compras de última hora = last-minute shopping.
    * cuando llegó la hora de + Infinitivo = when it came to + Gerundio.
    * cuando llegue la hora = when the time comes.
    * decisión de última hora = last-minute decision.
    * dejarlo para última hora = leave + it until the last minute.
    * depósito de préstamos después de las horas de apertura = after-hours book drop.
    * de última hora = last minute [last-minute], up-to-the-minute, late breaking [late-breaking], hot off the griddle.
    * durante las horas de más calor = during the heat of the day.
    * durante las horas puntas = at peak periods.
    * durante muchas horas = for many long hours.
    * echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * en las horas clave = at busy times.
    * en las horas punta = at busy times.
    * fondo de préstamo por horas = short-loan collection.
    * hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.
    * hacer horas extras = work + overtime.
    * hasta última hora = until the last minute.
    * hora de acostarse = bedtime.
    * hora de apertura = opening time.
    * hora de cierre = closing hour, closing time.
    * hora de clase = class period.
    * hora de comer = mealtime [meal time].
    * hora de comienzo = starting time, start time.
    * hora de conexión = connect hour.
    * hora de encerrarse = curfew.
    * hora de entrada = check-in time.
    * hora de Greenwich = GMT (Greenwich Mean Time).
    * hora de inicio = trigger time, start time.
    * hora de la cerveza, la = beer time.
    * hora de la comida = mealtime [meal time].
    * hora del almuerzo = lunchtime, lunch hour.
    * hora de la verdad = moment of truth.
    * hora de la verdad, la = showdown.
    * hora del cuento = story hour [storyhour], storytelling [story-telling], storytime [story time].
    * hora de llegada = arrival time.
    * hora del té = teatime.
    * hora de mayor demanda = peak time.
    * hora de reloj = clock hour.
    * hora de salida = departure time, check-out time.
    * hora de trabajo = man-hour.
    * hora de vencimiento = time due.
    * hora de volver a casa = curfew.
    * hora feliz = happy hour.
    * hora fija = set time.
    * hora hombre = man-hour.
    * hora intempestiva = unearthly time, unearthly hour.
    * hora punta = peak period, rush hour, peak hour.
    * horas activas = waking day, waking hours.
    * horas al volante = driver's hours.
    * horas de apertura = business hours.
    * horas de clase = class time, school hours.
    * horas de consulta = surgery.
    * horas de funcionamiento = operating hours.
    * horas de menos aglomeración = off-peak times.
    * horas de oficina = office hours, business hours.
    * horas de poca actividad = slack hours.
    * horas de poco movimiento = slack hours.
    * horas después de la escuela = after-school hours, after-school time.
    * horas en las que Uno está despierto = waking time.
    * hora señalada = set time.
    * horas extraordinarias = overtime.
    * horas extras = overtime.
    * horas fuera de lo normal = unsocial hours.
    * horas intespestivas = unsocial hours.
    * horas libres = released time.
    * horas no punta = off-peak times.
    * horas posteriores al mediodía = afternoon times.
    * Hora + y media = half past + Hora.
    * información de última hora = news flash.
    * las 24 horas = round the clock, around the clock.
    * las veinticuatro horas = day and night, day or night, night and day.
    * liberar horas = time off.
    * llegada la hora de la verdad = if it comes to the crunch, when the crunch comes to the crunch, if the crunch comes to the crunch.
    * llegar la hora de = time + come.
    * manecilla de las horas = hour hand.
    * media hora = half-hour.
    * mph [millas por hora] = mph [miles per hour].
    * muchas horas = long hours.
    * no se ganó Zamora en una hora = Rome wasn't built in a day.
    * noticia de última hora = hot off the press(es).
    * noticias de última hora = breaking news.
    * pagar por horas extra = pay + overtime.
    * por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).
    * por hora = hourly.
    * por horas = on an hourly basis.
    * precipitación de última hora = last-minute rush.
    * préstamo por horas = hourly loan.
    * primeras horas de la madrugada = late night.
    * prisa de última hora = last-minute rush.
    * reservar hora = book + time.
    * ser hora de = it + be + time to/for.
    * ser hora de definirse = time to climb off the fence.
    * ser hora de irse = be time to go.
    * ser hora de marcharse = be time to go.
    * ser hora ya de que = be about time (that), be high time (that/to/for).
    * servicio las 24 horas = 24 hour(s) service.
    * ser ya hora de que = it + be + well past the time for, be high time (that/to/for).
    * trabajador por horas = time hand [time-hand].
    * trabajar a horas fuera de lo normal = work + unsocial hours.
    * trabajar a horas intespestivas = work + unsocial hours.
    * trabajar horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.
    * trabajar horas extras = work + overtime.
    * trabajar las veinticuatro horas del día = work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * un + Nombre + a altas horas de la noche = a late night + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + a primera hora de la mañana = an early morning + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + a última hora de la mañana = a late morning + Nombre.
    * un servicio las 24 horas = a 24-hour service.
    * veinticuatro horas al día, siete días a la semana, 365 días al año = 24/7, 24/7/365.
    * ya era hora = not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.
    * ya es hora (de que) = it's about time (that).
    * ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).
    * ya ser hora de que = be high time (that/to/for).

    * * *
    hace una hora escasa/larga que se fue he left just under/over an hour ago, he left barely an hour ago/a good hour ago
    el examen dura (una) hora y media the exam is an hour and a half long
    media hora half an hour
    en un cuarto de hora in a quarter of an hour
    nos pasamos horas y horas hablando we talked for hours and hours o for hours on end
    llevo horas esperándote I've been waiting hours (for you)
    semana laboral de 40 horas 40-hour working week
    circulaba a (una velocidad de) 100 kilómetros por hora it was traveling at 100 kilometers per hour o an hour
    trabajar/cobrar por horas to work/be paid by the hour
    cobra 50 euros la horaor por hora she charges 50 euros an hour
    [ S ] horas de atención al público de ocho a una open to the public from eight to one
    se pasa horas enteras leyendo she reads for hours on end
    no le gusta trabajar fuera de horas he doesn't like working outside normal work ( o office etc) hours
    pasarse las horas muertas to while away one's time
    tener las horas contadas to be living on borrowed time
    Compuestos:
    departure time
    happy hour
    free period
    ( Chi) rush hour
    ( AmL) rush hour
    hora puente or sandwich
    ( RPl) free period
    ( Esp) rush hour
    weak moment
    off-peak time
    fpl doctor's office hours ( AmE), surgery hours ( BrE)
    fpl office hours (pl)
    fpl working hours (pl)
    fpl visiting hours o times (pl)
    fpl flying time
    horas extra(s) or extraordinarias
    fpl overtime
    trabajé dos horas extra(s) or extraordinarias I worked o did two hours overtime
    fpl free o spare time
    B
    ¿tiene hora, por favor? have you got the time, please?
    ¿me da la hora? can you tell me the time?
    ¿qué hora es? what's the time?, what time is it?
    pon el reloj en hora put the clock right, set the clock (to the right time)
    las ocho es una buena hora eight o'clock is a good time
    ¿a qué hora te viene bien salir? what time would it suit you to leave?
    ¿nos podemos ir? — todavía no es la hora can we go? — it's not time yet
    las clases siempre empiezan a la hora en punto the classes always start exactly o ( colloq) bang on time
    los trenes nunca llegan a la or a su horaor ( RPl) en hora the trains never arrive on time
    el avión llegó antes de su hora the plane arrived ahead of schedule o earlier than scheduled o early
    la decisión se conocerá a las 20 horas de hoy ( period); they will give their verdict at 8pm today
    el ataque se inició a las 20 horas ( frml); the attack commenced at 20:00 hours (léase: twenty hundred hours) ( frml)
    se ha convocado una huelga desde las cero horas ( period); a strike has been called from midnight
    dar la hora ( Chi fam) (en el vestir, comportamiento) to look ( o be etc) out of place; (al hablar) to say things that are out of place, say things that have nothing to do with the conversation
    no dar ni la hora ( fam): ¡ésa no da ni la hora! I'll/you'll/he'll get nothing out of her, she's as mean as they come ( colloq)
    que se olvide de ese muchacho, si no le da ni la hora she should forget about him, he's not the least bit interested in her o he doesn't even look at her
    desde que la nombraron jefa, no nos da ni la hora now that she's been made boss, she doesn't even give us the time of day
    ya es hora de irse a la cama it's bedtime o time for bed
    llámame a la hora de almorzar call me at lunchtime
    ya es hora de irnos it's time for us to go, it's time we were going
    hay que estar pendiente de él a todas horas you have to keep an eye on him the whole time
    el niño tiene que comer a su(s) hora(s) the baby has to have its meals at regular times
    ¡ya era hora de que llamases! it was about time you called
    ya va siendo hora de que empieces a trabajar it's about time you got a job
    es hora de que vayas pensando en tu futuro it's high time you started thinking about your future
    a altas horas de la madrugada in the early o small hours of the morning
    te llamaré a primera hora de la mañana I'll call you first thing in the morning
    a última hora decidimos no ir at the last moment we decided not to go
    una notica de última hora a late o last-minute news item
    última hora: terremoto en Santiago stop press: earthquake in Santiago
    a estas horas deben estar llegando a Roma they must be arriving in Rome about now
    normalmente a estas horas ya hemos cenado we've usually finished dinner by this time
    éstas no son horas de llamar this is no time to call people up
    ¿qué horas son éstas de llegar? what time do you call this, then?, what sort of time is this to come home?
    ¿qué haces levantado a estas horas? what are you doing up at this time?
    no puedo tomar café a estas horas porque me desvela I can't drink coffee so late in the day because it keeps me awake
    maldita sea la hora en que se le ocurrió volver I curse the day he decided to come back
    a buena horaor a buenas horas: ¿llamó ayer y me lo dices ahora? ¡a buenas horas! she phoned yesterday? now you tell me! o it's a bit late to tell me now!
    a buenas horas llegas this is a fine time to arrive!
    a la hora de: no están de acuerdo con él, pero a la hora de hablar nadie dice nada they don't agree with him, but when it comes to it, nobody dares say anything
    seguro que se encuentran con problemas a la hora de traducir esto you can be sure they'll have problems when it comes to translating this
    a la hora de la verdad when it comes down to it
    a la hora de la verdad nunca hacen nada when it comes down to it o when it comes to the crunch, they never do anything
    en buena hora: en buena hora decidimos comprar esta casa we decided to buy this house at just the right time
    en mala hora: en mala hora se nos ocurrió meternos en este lío it was a really bad move getting ourselves involved in this mess
    entre horas between meals
    no deberías comer entre horas you shouldn't eat between meals
    hacer hora ( Chi); to kill time
    llegarle a algn su (última) hora: sabía que le había llegado su (última) hora he knew his time had come
    no ver or ( Chi) hallar la hora de: no veo la hora de que lleguen las vacaciones I'm really looking forward to the start of the vacation
    no veía la hora de que se fuera she couldn't wait for him to go
    no veo la hora de salir de aquí I can't wait to get out of here
    Compuestos:
    astronomical o solar time
    zero hour
    (de un periódico) news deadline; (de una emisión) closedown
    time of arrival
    hora de Europa Central/Oriental
    Central/Eastern European time
    hora H
    zero hour
    ( fam):
    quedamos a las siete, pero a las siete hora inglesa, ¿eh? so, seven o'clock it is, but seven on the dot o seven o'clock sharp, OK?
    local time
    standard time
    astronomical o solar time
    C (cita) appointment
    el médico me ha dado hora para mañana the doctor's given me an appointment for tomorrow, I've got an appointment with the doctor tomorrow
    ¿hay que pedir hora para ver al especialista? do I have to make an appointment to see the specialist?
    tengo hora con el dentista a las cuatro I have a dental appointment at four
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    h.    
    hora
    h. (
    hora) hr

    hora sustantivo femenino
    1 ( período de tiempo) hour;

    las horas de mayor afluencia the busiest time;
    cobrar por horas to be paid by the hour;
    45 euros por hora 45 euros an hour;
    hora libre free period;
    hora pico (AmL) or (Esp) punta rush hour;
    horas extra(s) or extraordinaria(s) overtime
    2

    ¿tiene hora, por favor? have you got the time, please?;

    ¿qué hora es? what's the time?, what time is it?;
    pon el reloj en hora put the clock right;
    todavía no es la hora it's not time yet;
    nunca llegan a la hora they never arrive on time;
    el avión llegó antes de (su) hora the plane arrived early

    es hora de irse a la cama it's bedtime o time for bed;

    a la hora de almorzar at lunchtime;
    ya es hora de irnos it's time for us to go;
    ¡ya era hora de que llamases! it's about time you called;
    a primera hora de la mañana first thing in the morning;
    a última hora at the last moment;
    a la hora de: a la hora de traducirlo when it comes to translating it;
    a la hora de la verdad when it comes down to it;
    entre horas between meals;
    hacer hora (Chi) to kill time
    3 ( cita) appointment;

    hora sustantivo femenino
    1 (60 minutos) hour: te veo dentro de media hora, I'll see you in half an hour
    volvimos a altas horas de la madrugada, we came back in the small hours
    me pagan por horas, they pay me by the hour
    horas extras, overtime
    2 (momento) time: ¿qué hora es?, what's the time?
    es hora de irse a la cama, it's bedtime
    3 (cita) appointment: pedir hora con el dentista, to ask for an appointment with the dentist
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar a buenas horas (mangas verdes), too late, a bit late: ¡a buenas horas me traes la caja de grapas!, isn't it a bit late to bring me the box of staples?
    a la hora de la verdad, when it comes down to the nitty gritty
    tener muchas horas de vuelo, to have been around: ¡ a ése no le engañas, tiene muchas horas de vuelo!, you won't fool him, he's been around!
    ' hora' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - adelantar
    - alargarse
    - amanecer
    - apenas
    - atusarse
    - bendita
    - bendito
    - cerca
    - cola
    - concretar
    - condicionamiento
    - cosa
    - cuarta
    - cuarto
    - dar
    - decisión
    - dedicar
    - esperar
    - fijar
    - indecente
    - informal
    - llegar
    - marcar
    - media
    - medio
    - metralla
    - pasar
    - por
    - punta
    - retrasar
    - retrasarse
    - sacar
    - sala
    - señorita
    - tarde
    - última
    - último
    - una
    - uno
    - usted
    - ustedes
    - ver
    - Y
    - ya
    - a
    - abrir
    - acercar
    - atraso
    - bueno
    English:
    A
    - about
    - appoint
    - appointment
    - arrange
    - at
    - bang
    - barbecue
    - be
    - bedtime
    - before
    - black out
    - board
    - celebration
    - character
    - check-in
    - checkout
    - chicken out
    - chip
    - clock off
    - clock out
    - closing time
    - concurrent
    - convenient
    - creep
    - crunch
    - definite
    - do
    - dress
    - early
    - exact
    - feed
    - feeding
    - fix
    - flabby
    - GMT
    - good
    - Greenwich Mean Time
    - half
    - half-an-hour
    - half-hourly
    - hesitant
    - high
    - hour
    - hourly
    - hr
    - initiative
    - instrumental
    - interrogate
    - interval
    * * *
    hora nf
    1. [del día] hour;
    una hora y media an hour and a half;
    se marchó hace una hora y media she left an hour and a half ago;
    media hora half an hour;
    a primera hora first thing in the morning;
    a altas horas de la noche in the small hours;
    (pagar) por horas (to pay) by the hour;
    cobra 80 euros por hora she charges 80 euros an hour;
    el tren circulaba a 100 kilómetros por hora the train was travelling at 100 kilometres an hour;
    comer entre horas to eat between meals;
    se pasa las horas jugando he spends his time playing;
    el enfermo tiene las horas contadas the patient hasn't got long to live;
    se rumorea que el ministro tiene las horas contadas it is rumoured that the minister's days are numbered;
    a última hora [al final del día] at the end of the day;
    [en el último momento] at the last moment;
    hasta última hora no nos dimos cuenta del error we didn't notice the mistake until the last moment;
    órdenes/preparativos de última hora last-minute orders/preparations;
    y nos llega una noticia de última hora [en telediario] and here's some news just in;
    última hora: atentado en Madrid [titular] Br stop press o US late breaking news: terrorist attack in Madrid
    horas extra(s), horas extraordinarias [trabajo] overtime; [paga] overtime pay;
    hacer horas extra(s) to do o work overtime;
    cobrar horas extras to earn o get paid overtime;
    horas libres free time;
    tengo una hora libre entre latín y griego I've got an hour free between my Latin and Greek;
    horas de oficina office hours;
    RP hora puente = free period between classes;
    hora de salida departure time;
    RP hora sándwich = free period between classes;
    horas de trabajo working hours;
    horas de visita visiting hours;
    horas de vuelo flying hours;
    Fig
    tiene muchas horas de vuelo he's an old hand
    2. [momento determinado] time;
    ¿qué hora es?, Am [m5]¿qué horas son? what time is it?;
    ¿tiene hora, por favor? have you got the time, please?;
    ¿a qué hora sale? what time o when does it leave?;
    el desfile comenzará a las 14 horas the procession will begin at 14.00 hours o at 2 p.m.;
    a esa hora no me va bien that's not a good time for me;
    es hora de irse it's time to go;
    es hora de cenar it's time for dinner;
    ha llegado la hora de marcharnos the time has come for us to leave;
    el equipo pasa por horas bajas the team's going through a bad spell o Br patch;
    a estas horas deben estar aterrizando en Managua they should be landing in Managua around now;
    estaré ahí a la hora I'll be there on time, I'll be punctual;
    hay que tener cuidado a la hora de aplicar la pintura care should be taken when applying the paint;
    a la hora de cenar at dinnertime;
    a la hora de ir de vacaciones, prefiero la playa when it comes to holidays, I prefer the seaside;
    a su hora when the time comes, at the appropriate time;
    el vuelo no llegó a su o RP [m5] en hora the flight didn't arrive on time;
    a todas horas [constantemente] all the time;
    el tren llegó antes de hora the train arrived early;
    cada hora hourly;
    dar la hora [reloj] to strike the hour;
    me dio la hora she told me the time;
    poner el reloj en hora to set one's watch o clock;
    ¡ya era hora! and about time too!;
    ya es o [m5] ya iba siendo hora de que te fueses a casa it's about time you went home;
    Fam
    ¡a buenas horas! that's a lot of good now!;
    ¡a buenas horas me avisas! now's a fine time to tell me!;
    Fam Hum
    ¡a buenas horas mangas verdes! that's a fat lot of good now!;
    Fam
    no dar ni la hora: ese tío no te dará ni la hora that guy's as stingy o tight as they come;
    Esp, Andes, Carib, RP
    la hora de la verdad, CAm, Méx [m5] la hora de la hora the moment of truth;
    Esp, Andes, Carib, RP
    a la hora de la verdad, CAm, Méx [m5] a la hora de la hora when it comes to the crunch;
    en mala hora le conté el secreto I wish I'd never told him the secret;
    en mala hora salimos de excursión we couldn't have chosen a worse time to go on a trip;
    no veo la hora de hacerlo I can't wait to do it
    la hora del bocadillo [en fábrica] = break for refreshment during morning's work, Br ≈ morning tea break;
    hora cero zero hour;
    la hora de cerrar o de cierre closing time;
    hora de Greenwich Greenwich Mean Time, GMT;
    hora H zero hour;
    hora legal standard time;
    hora local local time;
    hora muerta free hour;
    Educ free period;
    hora oficial official time;
    Esp hora peninsular = local time in mainland Spain as opposed to the Canaries, which are an hour behind; Am hora pico [de mucho tráfico] rush hour; [de agua, electricidad] peak times; Esp hora punta [de mucho tráfico] rush hour; [de agua, electricidad] peak times;
    hora del té teatime;
    hora valle off-peak times
    3. [cita] appointment;
    pedir/dar hora to make/give an appointment;
    tengo hora en la peluquería I've got an appointment at the hairdresser's;
    tengo hora con el dentista I've got a dental appointment
    4. [muerte]
    llegó su hora her time has come
    5. Rel
    horas [libro] book of hours;
    horas canónicas canonical hours
    HORA INGLESA
    In much of Latin America, punctuality is not given the same importance as in the UK or USA. In an ironic recognition of this cultural difference, some people will specify hora inglesa (literally “English time”) when they mean “punctually” or “on the dot”.
    * * *
    f
    1 hour;
    hora y media an hour and a half;
    horas muertas hour after hour
    :
    a todas horas all the time;
    a última hora at the last minute;
    a última hora de la tarde late in the afternoon;
    a altas horas de la madrugada in the (wee) small hours, in the early hours of the morning;
    a primera hora de la tarde first thing in the afternoon;
    ¡ya era hora! about time too!;
    ya es hora de que te pongas a estudiar it’s time you started studying;
    comer entre horas eat between meals;
    tocado su hora his time has come;
    a la hora de … fig when it comes to …
    3 ( cita)
    :
    pedir hora make an appointment;
    tengo hora con el dentista I have an appointment with the dentist
    :
    dar la hora de reloj strike (the hour);
    ¿tiene hora? do you have the time?, have you got the time?;
    ¿qué hora es? what time is it?;
    llegó a la hora he arrived on time
    * * *
    hora nf
    1) : hour
    media hora: half an hour
    a la última hora: at the last minute
    a la hora en punto: on the dot
    horas de oficina: office hours
    2) : time
    ¿qué hora es?: what time is it?
    3) cita: appointment
    * * *
    hora n
    1. (60 minutos) hour
    2. (momento) time
    ¿qué hora es? what time is it?
    ¿tienes hora? have you got the time?
    ¿a qué hora te levantas? what time do you get up?
    3. (cita) appointment
    es hora de que... it's time...
    ¡ya era hora! about time too!

    Spanish-English dictionary > hora

  • 15 have

    1. [hæv] n
    1. pl имущие

    the haves and have-nots - богатые и бедные; имущие и неимущие (люди, классы, страны)

    2. разг. обман, надувательство
    2. [hæv (полная форма); həv,əv, (редуцированные формы)] (had; 3-е л. ед. ч. наст. вр. has или арх. hath; арх. 2-е л. ед. ч. наст. вр. hast, арх. 2-е л. ед. ч. прош. вр. hadst, haddest)
    I
    1. иметь

    he has (got) a family [a friend, a flat] - у него (есть) семья [друг, квартира]

    I have many books [no money] - у меня много книг [нет денег]

    all I have - всё, что у меня есть

    to have shares in a company - быть держателем акций какой-л. компании

    has the house a garden? - есть ли при (этом) доме сад?

    the bag had no name on it - на сумке не было наклейки /бирки/ с фамилией

    have you time to come with me? - у вас есть время (чтобы) пойти со мной?

    do you have much time for reading? - у тебя остаётся много времени для чтения?

    I have no words to express... - у меня не хватает слов, чтобы выразить...

    I have nothing to do - мне нечего делать /нечем заняться/

    I had my work to do - мне надо было (ещё) сделать работу; у меня ещё была работа

    to have smb. on one's side - иметь поддержку с чьей-л. стороны

    to have and to hold - юр. передаётся в собственность и владение ( в документах о передаче имущества)

    2. обладать, иметь

    to have much [little] in common with smb. - иметь много [мало] общего с кем-л.

    he has blue eyes [a bad memory] - у него синие глаза [плохая память]

    he has (got) an ear for music [a fine taste, perfect health] - у него хороший (музыкальный) слух [прекрасный вкус, великолепное здоровье]

    she had faith in him - она верила ему /в него/

    these strawberries have a beautiful flavour - у этой клубники чудесный аромат

    3. состоять из; иметь в качестве составной или неотъемлемой части
    4. 1) получать

    he had a letter [a telegram, a parcel] - он получил письмо [телеграмму, посылку]

    they had no news of him - они не получали о нём известий, они ничего не слышали о нём

    let me have your order as soon as possible - пришлите мне ваш заказ как можно скорее

    2) приобретать

    it is to be had at the chemist's - это можно получить /купить/ в аптеке

    you may have it for five pounds - вы можете получить /купить/ это за пять фунтов

    I'll let you have it for five pounds - я отдам /уступлю/ это за пять фунтов

    which book will you have? - какую книгу вы хотите /возьмёте/?

    3) узнавать

    they had it from your neighbour [from his own mouth] - они узнали это /получили сообщение об этом/ от вашего соседа [от него самого]

    4) добиваться

    there is nothing to be had here - здесь ничего не добьёшься /не получишь/

    5) зарабатывать

    he has ten thousand pounds a year - он получает /зарабатывает/ десять тысяч фунтов (стерлингов) в год

    5. находиться; иметься
    6. происходить, случаться

    we had an earthquake last month - в прошлом месяце у нас было землетрясение

    we have had much rain [fine weather] this year - у нас в этом году было много дождей [стояла прекрасная погода]

    7. знать; уметь

    he has small Latin and less Greek - он плохо знает латынь и ещё хуже греческий

    8. разг. усваивать, понимать; найти решение

    I have it! - придумал /нашёл/!

    you have me? - вы меня поняли?; вам ясно?

    9. взять в жёны или мужья
    10. 1) принимать (кого-л. в качестве гостя и т. п.)

    to have smb. (in) to dinner - пригласить кого-л. (к себе) на обед

    we are having them down for the weekend /over the Sunday/ - мы пригласили их на выходные /провести с нами выходные/

    we would rather stay with you, if you will have us - мы хотели бы остановиться у вас, если вы согласны (нас принять)

    2) взять, принять (в друзья, в ученики и т. п.)

    would you like to have such a man for a friend? - вы бы хотели видеть /считать/ такого человека своим другом?

    11. разг.
    1) одолеть, взять верх, победить (тж. have it)

    mind he doesn't have you! - смотри, чтобы он тебя не одолел!

    he had you completely in the first round - в первом же раунде он победил вас

    that's where I shall have him! - вот чем я его возьму!, тут-то я его обойду!, тут-то он и попадётся!

    the ❝ayes❞have it - голосовавшие «за» оказались в большинстве

    2) обмануть, обойти, перехитрить

    I'm afraid you have been had - боюсь, что вас обманули /провели/

    12. сл. обладать
    II А
    1. проводить ( время)

    have a good time /some fun/! - желаю тебе повеселиться /приятно провести время/!

    they have had a somewhat agitating day - этот день прошёл для них в волнении, они пережили очень много волнений в этот день

    she has had a bad night - она плохо спала в эту ночь; ночью ей было плохо

    2. принимать (пищу и т. п.); есть, пить

    do you have tea or coffee for breakfast? - вы за завтраком пьёте чай или кофе?

    what will you have? - что вы будете пить /есть/?

    will you have another cup of tea? - не выпьете ли вы ещё чашку чаю?

    what can you let me have? - что у вас найдётся поесть?, что вы можете мне предложить? (в ресторане, кафе и т. п.)

    I'll have ice cream and coffee - мне, пожалуйста, мороженое и кофе ( обращение к официанту)

    have a cigar? - хотите сигару?

    3. родить; приносить ( потомство); иметь ( детей)

    he had had two children by her [by a previous marriage] - у него от неё [от прежнего брака] двое детей

    4. держать (кого-л. в своей власти и т. п.)
    5. переживать (события и т. п.)

    she had an odd experience - с ней произошёл /приключился/ странный случай

    be didn't have any trouble in finding the book - он нашёл книгу без (всякого) труда

    6. ощущать, испытывать ( боль); переносить ( заболевание)

    she has a headache [toothache, a sore throat] - у неё болит голова [зуб, горло]

    he has measles [typhus] - у него корь [тиф], он болен корью [тифом]

    7. проявлять, испытывать (чувства и т. п.)

    to have pity [compassion] for smb. - проявлять жалость [сострадание] к кому-л.

    have no fear! - не бойтесь!, не бойся!

    has she really the cheek to ask for more money? - неужели у неё хватило нахальства просить ещё денег?

    please have the goodness /kindness/ to ring him up - будьте столь любезны, позвоните ему

    he had the kindness to assent... - он любезно согласился..., он был так любезен, что согласился...

    8. быть наделённым (властью, правом и т. п.)

    he has (got) authority [privilege] - он пользуется авторитетом [привилегией]

    he has charge of... - а) он заботится о...; б) в его ведении находится...

    to have responsibility for smth. - а) нести ответственность за что-л.; б) быть виноватым в чём-л.

    9. приводить (к какому-л. результату); оказывать ( воздействие)

    this policy had the desired effect - эта политика привела к желаемым результатам

    10. иметь (представление, мнение, право и т. п.)

    have you any idea where he lives? - не знаете ли вы, где он живёт?

    I have no idea where he may be at present - я не имею ни малейшего представления (о том), где он сейчас может быть

    he has an opinion... - он считает...

    II Б
    1. to have smb. (to) do /doing/ smth. заставить кого-л. сделать что-л.; устроить или сделать так, чтобы кто-л. сделал что-л.

    I will have him come - я заставлю его прийти, я сделаю так /распоряжусь/, чтобы он пришёл

    we ought to have the doctor examine her - нам следовало бы показать её врачу

    she had us all guessing what her next move would be - мы все старались угадать, что она сделает /как она поступит/ дальше

    I would have you to know... - я хотел бы поставить вас в известность..., я бы хотел, чтобы вы знали...

    will you have me to help you? - вы хотите, чтобы я вам помог?

    2. to have smth. done
    1) (выражает действие, совершённое по инициативе или побуждению какого-л. лица) велеть, приказать сделать что-л. для себя

    the town council has had ten houses built - городской совет построил десять домов

    2) (выражает действие, совершённое помимо воли или желания какого-л. лица и направленное на него или на какой-л. предмет) подвергнуться какому-л. действию

    three houses had their windows shattered - в трёх домах разбились /вылетели/ стёкла

    1) сделать или устроить так, чтобы что-л. оказалось таким-то или там-то

    to have smb. up - заставить кого-л. подняться (наверх) [ср. тж. have up]

    let's have her down - пусть она сойдёт /спустится/ к нам

    can we have our ball back, please? - отдайте нам, пожалуйста, мяч

    2) быть в определённом состоянии
    4. to have to do with smb., smth. иметь отношение к кому-л., чему-л.

    this has nothing to do with you - к вам это никакого отношения не имеет, вас это (никак) не касается

    I advise you to have nothing to do with that man - я вам советую не иметь никаких дел с этим человеком

    5. to have smth. about /on/ one иметь что-л. при себе, с собой

    he hadn't any money [papers] about /on/ him - у него не было при себе /с собой/ денег [документов]

    have you the time on you? - у вас есть при себе часы?

    6. to have smth. against smb. иметь что-л. против кого-л.

    what have you against it [him]? - что вы имеете против этого [него]?

    I have nothing against it [him] - я не имею ничего против этого [него]

    7. to have smth. on smb. знать о ком-л. что-л. плохое, дурное

    he has (got) nothing on me - он обо мне ничего дурного не знает; у него нет никаких улик против меня

    8. to have smb., smth. on smb. напускать кого-л., что-л. на кого-л.; науськивать

    to have the law [the police] on smb. - подать в суд [заявить в полицию] на кого-л.

    9. to have at smb. налетать, напускаться на кого-л.

    (let us) have at him - за ним (в погоню)!

    to have a go /a shy, a shot, a bash, a stab/ at smth., smb. - сделать попытку (сделать что-л.); пробовать что-л., пробовать силы на чём-л., на ком-л.

    10. one had better /best/ do smth. лучше бы вам /тебе, ему и т. п./ сделать что-л., вы бы /ты бы, он бы и т. п./ лучше...

    you had better ask him about it - лучше бы тебе /вам/ спросить его об этом

    you had better say it at once - будет гораздо лучше, если вы сразу скажете об этом

    11. one had rather do smth. than... я /ты, он и т. п./ бы предпочёл, сделать что-л., чем...

    I had rather do it myself - я предпочёл бы сделать это сам, я лучше сделал бы это сам

    12. one had as soon /уст. as lief/ do smth. я /ты, он и т. п./ бы скорее предпочёл сделать что-л.
    13. 1) one won't /can't/ have smth. ( done) не допускать чего-л., не терпеть чего-л.

    let us have no nonsense! - давайте без глупостей!

    2) one won't /can't/ have smb. do /doing/ smth. не позволить, кому-л. делать что-л.

    I won't have you say /saying/ such things - я не допущу, чтобы вы говорили подобные вещи

    14. to have it that... говорить, утверждать, что...; гласить

    the newspapers have it that... - газеты утверждают, что...

    he will have it that... - он считает /настаивает на том/, что...

    rumour has it that... - ходят слухи, что...

    III А

    one has to do smth. - я /ты, он и т. п./ должен сделать что-л.

    he has (got) to help us - ему придётся нам помочь, он должен нам помочь

    the money has to be paid - эти деньги придётся заплатить /нужно уплатить, должны быть выплачены/

    you don't have to apologize - можете не извиняться, совершенно не нужно извиняться

    2. в сочетании с существительным означает единичный акт или кратковременное действие, соответствующее значению существительного

    to have a swim [a shave, a wash, a walk, a dance, a smoke] - поплавать [побриться, помыться, погулять, потанцевать, покурить]

    let me have a look [a try] - дайте мне взглянуть [попробовать]

    to have a bath [a shower] - принять ванну [душ]

    to have a word with smb. - поговорить с кем-л.

    3. have got см. get II, III А 1
    III Б
    1. вспомогательный глагол, служит для образования форм перфекта
    1):

    he has read this book - он прочёл /читал/ эту книгу

    how long have they known each other? - как давно они знакомы /знают друг друга/?

    you ought to have done it - вам следовало /надлежало/ это сделать

    it's silly not to have gone after having accepted the invitation - глупо было не ходить, раз вы приняли приглашение

    you haven't swept the room. - I have! - ты не подметал пол. - Нет, подметал!

    he hasn't been to England before, has he? - он (ведь) раньше /прежде/ не бывал в Англии, не так ли?

    you've forgotten your gloves. - So I have! - вы забыли перчатки. - Действительно!

    well, you have grown! - как ты вырос!, ну и вырос же ты!

    had I seen him?! - видел ли я его?!, ну конечно же, я его видел!

    she has frequently dreamt about the past, has Joan! - Джоан очень, очень часто вспоминала о прошлом

    had one... - если бы я /ты, он и т. п./...

    had they searched more closely, they would have found what they wanted - если бы они искали (по)внимательнее, они бы нашли то, что им было нужно

    2. вспомогательный глагол, служит для образования эмоц.-усил. конструкций и альтернативных вопросов вне перфекта:

    she had a good time, had Mary! - и здорово же провела Мэри время!

    he had a sister, hadn't he? - у него ведь была сестра, не так ли?

    to have it - получить удар, понести наказание

    I've had it! Let's stop and rest - всё, больше не могу! Надо передохнуть

    he decided that he had had it and quit the stage - он решил, что с него довольно /хватит/, и ушёл со сцены

    let him have it! - а) покажи ему!, задай ему взбучку!; б) скажи ему откровенно, что ты о нём думаешь!

    to let smb. have it in the face - дать кому-л. по физиономии

    he has had it - а) теперь ему конец /крышка/; теперь он пропал; б) он безнадёжно отстал

    to have it away /off/ with smb. - сл. иметь половые сношения с кем-л., «трахаться»

    have it your own way - делай /поступай/ как хочешь /как знаешь/

    and there you have... - и вот каков...

    there you have the man - вот какой он человек, вот полюбуйтесь на него

    have done! - перестань!, хватит!

    and what have you - и так далее, и всё в таком роде

    pens, pencils and what have you - ручки, карандаши и всё такое прочее /и так далее/

    he had one on me - он меня надул /обошёл/

    НБАРС > have

  • 16 Q

    Q, q, the sixteenth letter of the Latin alphabet (in which i and j were reckoned as one), concerning the origin of which the ancients were in doubt, some correctly supposing it to be the Greek Koppa (ϙ), transferred from the Dorian alphabet of Cumæ, Quint. 1, 4, 9; Ter. Maur. p. 2253 P.; Mar. Victor. p. 2459 and 2468 ib.; while others erroneously explained it as a mere graphical contraction of C and V, Vel. Long. p. 2218 P.; Ter. Maur. p. 2399 ib.; cf. Diom. p. 420 ib.; Mart. Cap. 3, § 255; Isid. Orig. 1, 4, 14. There is a perpetual vacillation between the spelling cu, q, and qu in the inscrr. and MSS.; hence q frequently stands for c. In early inscriptions, PEQVDES and PEQVNIA occur for pecudes and pecunia (Lex Thor. lin. 14 and 19); QVM for the prep. cum, Inscr. Vet. ap. Orell. 566, and also upon a coin, A. U. C. 737; and QVOM for the prep. cum, in the fourth epitaph of the Scipios, and in the Lex Thor. lin. 21:

    QVOQIRCA for quocirca in the Lex Jul. Municip.: IN OQVOLTOD for in occulto, S. C. Bacch. On the other hand, for quod stands CVOD,

    Inscr. Orell. 3882;

    for aquae, ACVAE,

    Inscr. Grut. 593, 5. But qu before a u sound does not occur during the Republican period, when quom or cum, equos, locuntur, anticus, etc., were the forms in use; v. Rib. prol. Verg. p. 442 sq.; 449; Brambach, p. 20 sq. — On the vacillation of the oldest MSS. between cu and qu, see Freund ad Cic. Mil. p. 31 sq. — Q often corresponds with the Greek p: Lat. quinque, equos, sequor; Gr. pente (pempe) hippos, hepô. — And also with the Gr. t, for which the Oscan has p: Gr. tis, ti; Oscan pis, pit; Lat. quis, quid: Gr. te; Oscan pe; Lat. que: Gr. tettara; Oscan petora; Lat. quattuor; on the origin of the Lat. qu in an lndo-European kv, v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 67 sqq.; Ascoli, Vergl. Lautl. 1, p. 49 sqq.; cf., on the development of qu from c in the Latin language itself, Corss. Ausspr. 2, 356 sq.—As an abbreviation, Q designates most freq. the prænomen Quintus, but also stands for Quaestor, que, quinquennalis, al. Q. I. S. S. quae infra scripta sunt. Q. R. C. F. quando rex comitiavit fas. Q. S. P. P. S. qui sacris publicis praesto sunt. Q. V. A. qui vixit annos. S. P. Q. R. senatus populusque Romanus, etc.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Q

  • 17 q

    Q, q, the sixteenth letter of the Latin alphabet (in which i and j were reckoned as one), concerning the origin of which the ancients were in doubt, some correctly supposing it to be the Greek Koppa (ϙ), transferred from the Dorian alphabet of Cumæ, Quint. 1, 4, 9; Ter. Maur. p. 2253 P.; Mar. Victor. p. 2459 and 2468 ib.; while others erroneously explained it as a mere graphical contraction of C and V, Vel. Long. p. 2218 P.; Ter. Maur. p. 2399 ib.; cf. Diom. p. 420 ib.; Mart. Cap. 3, § 255; Isid. Orig. 1, 4, 14. There is a perpetual vacillation between the spelling cu, q, and qu in the inscrr. and MSS.; hence q frequently stands for c. In early inscriptions, PEQVDES and PEQVNIA occur for pecudes and pecunia (Lex Thor. lin. 14 and 19); QVM for the prep. cum, Inscr. Vet. ap. Orell. 566, and also upon a coin, A. U. C. 737; and QVOM for the prep. cum, in the fourth epitaph of the Scipios, and in the Lex Thor. lin. 21:

    QVOQIRCA for quocirca in the Lex Jul. Municip.: IN OQVOLTOD for in occulto, S. C. Bacch. On the other hand, for quod stands CVOD,

    Inscr. Orell. 3882;

    for aquae, ACVAE,

    Inscr. Grut. 593, 5. But qu before a u sound does not occur during the Republican period, when quom or cum, equos, locuntur, anticus, etc., were the forms in use; v. Rib. prol. Verg. p. 442 sq.; 449; Brambach, p. 20 sq. — On the vacillation of the oldest MSS. between cu and qu, see Freund ad Cic. Mil. p. 31 sq. — Q often corresponds with the Greek p: Lat. quinque, equos, sequor; Gr. pente (pempe) hippos, hepô. — And also with the Gr. t, for which the Oscan has p: Gr. tis, ti; Oscan pis, pit; Lat. quis, quid: Gr. te; Oscan pe; Lat. que: Gr. tettara; Oscan petora; Lat. quattuor; on the origin of the Lat. qu in an lndo-European kv, v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 67 sqq.; Ascoli, Vergl. Lautl. 1, p. 49 sqq.; cf., on the development of qu from c in the Latin language itself, Corss. Ausspr. 2, 356 sq.—As an abbreviation, Q designates most freq. the prænomen Quintus, but also stands for Quaestor, que, quinquennalis, al. Q. I. S. S. quae infra scripta sunt. Q. R. C. F. quando rex comitiavit fas. Q. S. P. P. S. qui sacris publicis praesto sunt. Q. V. A. qui vixit annos. S. P. Q. R. senatus populusque Romanus, etc.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > q

  • 18 have

    {hæv}
    I. 1. v (had, 2 л. ед. ч. сег. вр. ост. hast, 3 л. ед. ч. has, ост. hath, 2 л. ед. ч. pt ост. hadst) имам, притежавам, държа
    the purse has nothing in it няма нищо в портмонето
    you HAVE my apologies извинявам се
    will you HAVE the goodness/kindness to ще бъдете ли така добър/любезен да
    to HAVE responsibility for oтговорен съм за
    to HAVE and to hold юр. в собственост и владение (в документи за предавано на имущество)
    to HAVE what it takes имам нужните качества/способности
    he had me by the throat той ме държеше за гърлото
    2. имам, раждам
    3. получавам, придобивам
    let me HAVE, your keys дай ми ключовете си
    let me HAVE an early reply отговори ми бързо
    if yon don't take care you will HAVE the police upon you ако не внимаваш, ще имаш разправии с полицията
    there was no work to be had нямаше никаква работа, не се намираше никаква работа
    it is to be had at the chemist's това се намира по аптеките
    to HAVE one's wish fulfilled желанието ми се изпълнява
    I had it from my neighbours съседите ми ro казаха, научих се от съседите
    4. ям, изяждам, пия, изпивам, вземам
    to HAVE breakfast/dinner/supper закусвам/обядвам/вечерям
    will you HAVE something to eat/drink? ще хапнете ли/пийнете ли нещо? where do you HAVE your meals? къде се храните
    5. с допълнение от глаголно същ. -превежда се със съответния гл.
    to HAVE a try опитвам се
    to HAVE a wash измивам се
    to HAVE a swim (по) плувам
    to HAVE a lie down полягам си
    6. преживявам, изпитвам, претърпявам, прекарвам (време)
    to HAVE an accident претърпявам злополука/катастрофа, катастрофирам
    to HAVE a good time прекарвам добре
    he had his watch stolen откраднаха му часовника
    he never had it so good никога не е бил/не му е било така добре
    to let someone HAVE it sl. давам някому да се разбере, удрям някого
    he's had it sl. свършено е с него, пропуснал е случай, не е вече туй, което беше, убит е
    7. sl. излъгвам, измамвам, изигравам
    you've been had излъгали са те
    I am not to be had мен не могат ме излъга, не съм вчерашен
    8. побеждавам, бия, взимам връх над
    you HAVE (got) me there! тук ме хвана натясно! he had him in the first round победи го в първия рунд
    9. казвам, твърдя, поддържам (с допълнение it, което не се превежда), as Plato had it както казва Платон
    he will HAVE it that той настоява/твърди, че
    10. позволявам, допускам
    I won't HAVE that няма да допусна подобно нещо, не разрешавам
    I'm not having any разг., upон. не, благодаря, без мен, не се хващам на тази въдища
    11. карам, накарвам, нареждам
    what would you HAVE me do? какво искаш да направя? I had her make a copy накарах я/наредих и да направи препис
    I had him dismissed наредих да бъде уволнен
    he had me guessing чудех се какво иска да каже той (той ме накара да се чудя)
    12. поканвам (да гостува)
    we had them to stay with us поканихме ги да ни гостуват, гостуваха ни
    to HAVE someone to dinner каня някого на вечеря
    13. знам, разбирам, схващам
    die has it by heart тя ro знае наизуст
    he has only a little French той знае съвсем малко френски
    you HAVE me? разбираш ли ме? I HAVE it сетих се, знам
    14. давам да ми се направи нещо (рокля и пр.) (с рр)
    to HAVE one's hair done правя си фризура (на фризъор)
    to HAVE one's hair cut подстригвам се (на бръснар)
    15. обладавам (жена)
    16. трябва, налага се, нужно е (и HAVE got to с inf)
    I HAVE (got) to go to the dentist трябва да отида на зъболекар
    you don't HAVE to come не е нужно да идваш
    17. като аих при перфектните форми
    I HAVE gone ходил съм
    I had gone бях отишъл/ходил
    I shall HAVE gone ще съм отишъл/ходил
    18. за избягване на повторение-не се превежда
    you HAVE forgotten your umbrella! -so I HAVE! забравил си си чадъра! -да, наистина
    19. I had better/rather вж. better, rather
    to HAVE to do with занимавам се с, имам работа/нещо общо с
    the story has to do with real people разказът се занимава с/е за истински хора
    the size of the brain has nothing to do with intelligence големината на мозъка няма нищо общо с интелигентността
    let's HAVE it over and done with да свършим с/ликвидираме този въпрос
    have around поканвам (и с over, round)
    have at налагам, нахвърлям се върху
    have away
    to HAVE it away sl. имам тайна полова връзка (with с)
    have back получавам обратно, връща ми се, приемам обратно/пак
    have down смъквам, свалям, повалям, поканвам (във вилата си) в провинцията, извиквам (някого), за да го смъмря
    have in повиквам, поканвам (лекар, гост), имам (майстори и пр.) вкъщи
    to HAVE it in for someone имам зъб на някого
    II. 1. заможен човек
    the HAVEs and HAVE-nots разг. богатите и бедните
    2. sl. мошеничество, измама
    * * *
    {hav} v (had {had, hъd}; 2 л. ед. ч. сег. вр. ост. hast {has(2) {'hav} n 1. заможен човек; the haves and have-nots разг. богатите
    * * *
    трябвам; придобивам; притежавам; прекарвам; вземам; държа; имам; налага се;
    * * *
    1. 1 i had better/rather вж. better, rather 2. 1 давам да ми се направи нещо (рокля и пр.) (с рр) 3. 1 за избягване на повторение-не се превежда 4. 1 знам, разбирам, схващам 5. 1 карам, накарвам, нареждам 6. 1 като аих при перфектните форми 7. 1 обладавам (жена) 8. 1 поканвам (да гостува) 9. 1 трябва, налага се, нужно е (и have got to с inf) 10. die has it by heart тя ro знае наизуст 11. have around поканвам (и с over, round) 12. have at налагам, нахвърлям се върху 13. have away 14. have back получавам обратно, връща ми се, приемам обратно/пак 15. have down смъквам, свалям, повалям, поканвам (във вилата си) в провинцията, извиквам (някого), за да го смъмря 16. have in повиквам, поканвам (лекар, гост), имам (майстори и пр.) вкъщи 17. he had his watch stolen откраднаха му часовника 18. he had me by the throat той ме държеше за гърлото 19. he had me guessing чудех се какво иска да каже той (той ме накара да се чудя) 20. he has only a little french той знае съвсем малко френски 21. he never had it so good никога не е бил/не му е било така добре 22. he will have it that той настоява/твърди, че 23. he's had it sl. свършено е с него, пропуснал е случай, не е вече туй, което беше, убит е 24. i am not to be had мен не могат ме излъга, не съм вчерашен 25. i had gone бях отишъл/ходил 26. i had him dismissed наредих да бъде уволнен 27. i had it from my neighbours съседите ми ro казаха, научих се от съседите 28. i have (got) to go to the dentist трябва да отида на зъболекар 29. i have gone ходил съм 30. i shall have gone ще съм отишъл/ходил 31. i won't have that няма да допусна подобно нещо, не разрешавам 32. i'm not having any разг., upон. не, благодаря, без мен, не се хващам на тази въдища 33. i. v (had, 2 л. ед. ч. сег. вр. ост. hast, 3 л. ед. ч. has, ост. hath, 2 л. ед. ч. pt ост. hadst) имам, притежавам, държа 34. if yon don't take care you will have the police upon you ако не внимаваш, ще имаш разправии с полицията 35. ii. заможен човек 36. it is to be had at the chemist's това се намира по аптеките 37. let me have an early reply отговори ми бързо 38. let me have, your keys дай ми ключовете си 39. let's have it over and done with да свършим с/ликвидираме този въпрос 40. sl. излъгвам, измамвам, изигравам 41. sl. мошеничество, измама 42. the haves and have-nots разг. богатите и бедните 43. the purse has nothing in it няма нищо в портмонето 44. the size of the brain has nothing to do with intelligence големината на мозъка няма нищо общо с интелигентността 45. the story has to do with real people разказът се занимава с/е за истински хора 46. there was no work to be had нямаше никаква работа, не се намираше никаква работа 47. to have a good time прекарвам добре 48. to have a lie down полягам си 49. to have a swim (по) плувам 50. to have a try опитвам се 51. to have a wash измивам се 52. to have an accident претърпявам злополука/катастрофа, катастрофирам 53. to have and to hold юр. в собственост и владение (в документи за предавано на имущество) 54. to have breakfast/dinner/supper закусвам/обядвам/вечерям 55. to have it away sl. имам тайна полова връзка (with с) 56. to have it in for someone имам зъб на някого 57. to have one's hair cut подстригвам се (на бръснар) 58. to have one's hair done правя си фризура (на фризъор) 59. to have one's wish fulfilled желанието ми се изпълнява 60. to have responsibility for oтговорен съм за 61. to have someone to dinner каня някого на вечеря 62. to have to do with занимавам се с, имам работа/нещо общо с 63. to have what it takes имам нужните качества/способности 64. to let someone have it sl. давам някому да се разбере, удрям някого 65. we had them to stay with us поканихме ги да ни гостуват, гостуваха ни 66. what would you have me do? какво искаш да направя? i had her make a copy накарах я/наредих и да направи препис 67. will you have something to eat/drink? ще хапнете ли/пийнете ли нещо? where do you have your meals? къде се храните 68. will you have the goodness/kindness to ще бъдете ли така добър/любезен да 69. you don't have to come не е нужно да идваш 70. you have (got) me there! тук ме хвана натясно! he had him in the first round победи го в първия рунд 71. you have forgotten your umbrella! -so i have! забравил си си чадъра! -да, наистина 72. you have me? разбираш ли ме? i have it сетих се, знам 73. you have my apologies извинявам се 74. you've been had излъгали са те 75. имам, раждам 76. казвам, твърдя, поддържам (с допълнение it, което не се превежда), as plato had it както казва Платон 77. побеждавам, бия, взимам връх над 78. позволявам, допускам 79. получавам, придобивам 80. преживявам, изпитвам, претърпявам, прекарвам (време) 81. с допълнение от глаголно същ. -превежда се със съответния гл 82. ям, изяждам, пия, изпивам, вземам
    * * *
    have[hæv, редуцирани форми həv, əv] I. v ( had[hæd, həd]) 1. имам, притежавам; държа; to \have a cold настинал (хремав) съм; you \have my apologies извинявам се; you can \have no fear може да не се боите; will you \have the goodness ( kindness) to help me? ще бъдете ли така добър да ми помогнете? I \have it in my mind възнамерявам; to \have and to hold в собственост и владение; we had some friends ( with us) over the weekend няколко приятели ни бяха на гости в събота и неделя; let me \have your passport дайте ми паспорта си; let me \have an prompt reply отговори ми бързо; дай ми отговор бързо; to \have a talk ( word) with s.o. поговорвам си с някого; to \have a game with играя една партия (игра) с; to \have a try (go) опитвам се; to \have a wash мия се; to \have a shave бръсна се; to \have a joke with s.o. шегувам се с някого; to \have nothing on без дрехи съм, гол съм; to \have to do with имам общо с; to \have a baby имам (раждам) дете; he had me by the throat той ме държеше за гърлото; 2. получавам; вземам; придобивам; we had news получихме (имахме) известие (новини); if you don't take care you will \have the police upon you ако не внимаваш, ще има да се разправяш с полицията; there was no work to be had нямаше никаква работа; не се намираше никаква работа; it is to be had at the chemist's това се намира по аптеките; to \have o.'s wish fulfilled желанието ми се изпълнява; I had it from my colleagues колегите ми го казаха, научих от колегите; to \have a glass of beer пия чаша бира; where do you \have your meals? къде се храните? what will you \have? какво обичате? какво искате? какво ще вземете? she has not had anything for three days тя не е взела (яла) нищо вече три дни; 3. прекарвам (време); to \have a nice time прекарвам добре; 4. трябва, налага се, нужно е; the students \have to be in by eleven студентите трябва да се върнат преди единадесет; this work has to be done quickly тази задача трябва да бъде изпълнена бързо; 5. давам да се pp); to \have o.'s watch repaired давам часовника си на поправка; to \have o.'s hair cut подстригвам се, отивам да се подстрижа; 6. sl излъгвам, измамвам, изигравам; I am not to be had на мен не ми минават, не съм вчерашен; 7. побеждавам, бия, взимам връх над; you \have ( got) me there! тук ме хвана натясно! he had you in the first round той те победи (би, свърши) в първия рунд; 8. казвам, твърдя, поддържам; as Socrates had it както казва Сократ; rumour has it носи се слух, говори се; 9. (служи за образуване на перфектните форми); I \have gone отишъл съм; бях отишъл; 10. (за избягване на повторение): he went to the post office as his father had before him той отиде на работа, както някога (преди) ходеше баща му; you \have forgotten your gloves! - So I \have забравил си си ръкавиците! - да, наистина; 11. I had better go по-добре щеше да е да отида; да бях отишъл; I had rather предпочитам, бих предпочел; to \have o.'s own way налагам се, правя каквото си искам; I won't \have that не съм съгласен с такова нещо; това няма да го търпя; \have done! стига! престанете! to \have it in one имам куража (способността); he had it coming to him той си го търсеше; I would \have you know искам да знаете; I am not \haveing any разг. не ща; не се хващам на тази въдица; to \have it in for s.o. имам зъб на някого; мразя го; to \have it on s.o. имам преимущество (предимство) пред някого, в по-изгодно положение съм от някого; to let s.o. \have it удрям някого; давам на някого да се разбере; as ill luck would \have it, he arrived late за нещастие той пристигна късно; what would you \have me do? какво искаш да направя? she has it by heart тя го знае наизуст; he has no Latin or Greek той не знае нито латински, нито гръцки; II. n 1.: the \haves and \have nots разг. които имат и които нямат; 2. sl шарлатанство, мошеничество, измама; подлост.

    English-Bulgarian dictionary > have

  • 19 X

    X, x, a character probably derived from the Greek X (this form of that letter being found in some few Greek inscriptions). Though not introduced instead of the characters for the two separate sounds till after the adoption of the alphabet, the letter x is certainly older than the Latin inscriptions known to us; for we find in the Columna rostr., EXEMET MAXIMOS, EXFOCIONT; in the fifth Epitaph of the Scipios, SAXSVM; and in the S. C. de Bacch., EXDEICENDVM, EXDEICATIS. EXTRAD, etc.The sound of X was like that of the Greek x, i. e. ks, although etymologically it represented not only cs (as in lux, from luc-s, and dixi, from dic-si), but also gs (as in lex, from leg-s; rexi, from reg-si); hs (as in traxi, from trah-si; vexi, from vehsi); and chs (as in the word onyx, from onych-s, borrowed from the Greek). The hardening of a softer final ( g, h, ch) before s into the c -sound, which occurs in the last-mentioned cases, is found also in several roots ending in v and u: nix for niv-s, vixi for viv-si, connixi for conniv-si, fluxi for fluv-si, from fluo (root FLUV; cf. fluvius), struxi for stru-si. Less frequently x has arisen from the combinations ps and ts: proximus for prop-simus (from prope), nixus for nit-sus (from nitor), the latter being used along with the collateral form nisus, as also connivi with connixi, and mistus (from misceo) with mixtus. An exchange of the sounds ss, or s and x, took place in axis for assis, laxus for lassus; cf. also Ulixes, from the Sicilian Oulixês, Etruscan Uluxe for Odusseus; so, too. Sextius, Exquiliae = Sestius, Esquiliae; cf. also Ajax = Aias. In the later language of the vulgar, the guttural sound in x disappeared, and s or ss was often written for it; as vis for vix. vixit for visit. unsit for unxit, conflississet for conflixisset, in late Inscrr. (v. Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 297 sq.); hence regularly in Italian, and frequently in the other Romance tongues, the Lat. x is represented by s or ss. Respecting the nature of x in composition, v. ex.By a mere graphic variation, one of the constituent sounds of x is often expressed in inscriptions (but not the earliest, v. Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 296) by an additional c or s; as SACXO or SAXSO for saxo; VCXOR or VXSOR for uxor; CONIVNCX or CONIVNXS for conjux; even both sounds are sometimes thus expressed, VICXSIT for vixit.As an abbreviation X stands for decem, ten; it was stamped upon the silver denarius, so called because it was valued at ten asses.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > X

  • 20 x

    X, x, a character probably derived from the Greek X (this form of that letter being found in some few Greek inscriptions). Though not introduced instead of the characters for the two separate sounds till after the adoption of the alphabet, the letter x is certainly older than the Latin inscriptions known to us; for we find in the Columna rostr., EXEMET MAXIMOS, EXFOCIONT; in the fifth Epitaph of the Scipios, SAXSVM; and in the S. C. de Bacch., EXDEICENDVM, EXDEICATIS. EXTRAD, etc.The sound of X was like that of the Greek x, i. e. ks, although etymologically it represented not only cs (as in lux, from luc-s, and dixi, from dic-si), but also gs (as in lex, from leg-s; rexi, from reg-si); hs (as in traxi, from trah-si; vexi, from vehsi); and chs (as in the word onyx, from onych-s, borrowed from the Greek). The hardening of a softer final ( g, h, ch) before s into the c -sound, which occurs in the last-mentioned cases, is found also in several roots ending in v and u: nix for niv-s, vixi for viv-si, connixi for conniv-si, fluxi for fluv-si, from fluo (root FLUV; cf. fluvius), struxi for stru-si. Less frequently x has arisen from the combinations ps and ts: proximus for prop-simus (from prope), nixus for nit-sus (from nitor), the latter being used along with the collateral form nisus, as also connivi with connixi, and mistus (from misceo) with mixtus. An exchange of the sounds ss, or s and x, took place in axis for assis, laxus for lassus; cf. also Ulixes, from the Sicilian Oulixês, Etruscan Uluxe for Odusseus; so, too. Sextius, Exquiliae = Sestius, Esquiliae; cf. also Ajax = Aias. In the later language of the vulgar, the guttural sound in x disappeared, and s or ss was often written for it; as vis for vix. vixit for visit. unsit for unxit, conflississet for conflixisset, in late Inscrr. (v. Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 297 sq.); hence regularly in Italian, and frequently in the other Romance tongues, the Lat. x is represented by s or ss. Respecting the nature of x in composition, v. ex.By a mere graphic variation, one of the constituent sounds of x is often expressed in inscriptions (but not the earliest, v. Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 296) by an additional c or s; as SACXO or SAXSO for saxo; VCXOR or VXSOR for uxor; CONIVNCX or CONIVNXS for conjux; even both sounds are sometimes thus expressed, VICXSIT for vixit.As an abbreviation X stands for decem, ten; it was stamped upon the silver denarius, so called because it was valued at ten asses.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > x

См. также в других словарях:

  • GREEK AND LATIN LANGUAGES, RABBINICAL KNOWLEDGE OF — The nature and extent of the knowledge of Greek and Latin on the part of the rabbis are subjects of scholarly controversy, differing opinions even being based on the same data, since they lend themselves to several interpretations. Such data are… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Greek language — Greek Ελληνικά Ellīniká Pronunciation [eliniˈka] Spoken in Greece, Cyprus …   Wikipedia

  • Some Thoughts Concerning Education — is a 1693 treatise on education written by the English philosopher John Locke. For over a century, it was the most important philosophical work on education in Britain. It was translated into almost all of the major written European languages… …   Wikipedia

  • Latin — Infobox Language name=Latin nativename= la. Lingua Latina pronunciation=/laˈtiːna/ states=Vatican City speakers= Native: none Second Language Fluent: estimated at 5,000Fact|date=April 2007 Second Language Literate: estimated 25,000Fact|date=April …   Wikipedia

  • Latin American architecture — Introduction       history of architecture in Mesoamerica, Central America, South America, and the Caribbean beginning after contact with the Spanish and Portuguese in 1492 and 1500, respectively, and continuing to the present.       For… …   Universalium

  • Greek Anthology — The Greek Anthology (also called Anthologia Graeca or, sometimes, the Palatine Anthology ) is a collection of poems, mostly epigrams, that span the classical and Byzantine periods of Greek literature.While papyri containing fragments of… …   Wikipedia

  • GREEK LITERATURE, ANCIENT — Greeks came into contact with the Land of Israel long before the Hellenistic period, but there is no information as to the impression made by Jews or Judaism upon them in the classical period. The only classical writings extant referring to the… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Greek Byzantine Catholic Church — The Greek Byzantine Catholic Church is a sui iuris particular Church within the Catholic Church and uses the Byzantine liturgical rite in the Koine Greek and modern Greek languages. Its membership includes inhabitants of Greece and… …   Wikipedia

  • Greek Catholics in America — • Includes the history and statistics Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Greek Catholics in America     Greek Catholics in America      …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Greek Church — • Details the history and various divisions of the church Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Greek Church     Greek Church     † …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Latin declension — Latin grammar Verb Conjugation Subjunctive by attraction Indirect Statement Declension Ablative Usages Dative Usages Latin is an inflected language, and as such has nouns, pronouns, and adjectives that must be declined in order to serve a… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»